-#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 474
+#LyX 2.2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 495
\begin_document
\begin_header
+\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
% if pdflatex is used
\setboolean{colortbl}{true}}
{\setboolean{colortbl}{false}}
-% used for colored table rows
-\usepackage[table]{xcolor}
-
% used to have extra space in table cells
\@ifundefined{extrarowheight}
{\usepackage{array}}{}
\setboolean{diagbox}{true}}
{\setboolean{diagbox}{false}}
\end_preamble
-\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading,usenames,dvipsnames
+\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading,usenames,dvipsnames,table
\use_default_options false
\begin_modules
initials
\begin_body
\begin_layout Title
-LyX's detailed Figure, Table, Floats, Notes, Boxes and External Material
- manual
+\SpecialChar LyX
+'s detailed Figure, Table, Floats, Notes, Boxes and External Material manual
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
-by the LyX Team
+by the \SpecialChar LyX
+ Team
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
-If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
-tion mailing list:
+If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX
+ Documentatio
+n mailing list:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-To export all parts of this document to PDF, PS, or DVI the LaTeX-packages
-
+To export all parts of this document to PDF, PS, or DVI the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\series bold
-http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#EmbeddedObjects
+http://wiki.lyx.org/\SpecialChar LyX
+/DocumentationDevelopment#EmbeddedObjects
\end_layout
\end_inset
or use the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphics
\family default
.
You can rotate images counter-clockwise by setting a rotation angle and
a rotation origin.
- The image will also be rotated inside LyX.
+ The image will also be rotated inside \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family default
in the context menu.
The program can be set for every image format in the file format settings
- in LyX's preferences.
+ in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s preferences.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
options
\family default
- In this tab you can modify the appearance of the image within LyX and LaTeX
- experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
+ In this tab you can modify the appearance of the image within \SpecialChar LyX
+ and \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ experts
+ can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ options.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\emph default
.
When the option is used the images will not be unzipped on export, since
- LaTeX can handle them as they are.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ can handle them as they are.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- that is needed by LaTeX for zipped graphics.
+ that is needed by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ for zipped graphics.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
This is the same image like the one above but in draft mode:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
and the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
Figure
\family default
inserts a float with a caption that has the label
Figures can be referenced in the text by referencing their label.
To do this insert a label in the caption using the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Label
\family default
or the toolbar button
.
You can now refer to the label using the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, because LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document and it
- might not be
+, because \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ will reposition the floats in the final document and it might
+ not be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig2:Two-distorted-images-2"
-
-\end_inset
-
Two distorted images.
Both images are in the image settings group named
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
, each output document format allows only a few image formats.
- LyX uses therefore the program
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses therefore the program
\family typewriter
ImageMagick
\family default
or the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Table
\family default
.
have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
them.
Here is an example table:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
the cursor is currently placed.
The context menu
\family sans
-More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+More\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
opens the table dialog where you can adjust more things.
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Special-Cell-Alignment"
+reference "subsec:Special-Cell-Alignment"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multiple-Lines-in"
+reference "subsec:Multiple-Lines-in"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multicolumns"
+reference "subsec:Multicolumns"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multirows"
+reference "subsec:Multirows"
\end_inset
\end_inset
°.
- The rotation is not shown within LyX, only in the output.
+ The rotation is not shown within \SpecialChar LyX
+, only in the output.
For more information see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
A line with tables with different alignments:
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="top">
+<features tabularvalignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="bottom">
+<features tabularvalignment="bottom">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-It is also possible to enter a LaTeX-argument which is needed for special
- table formattings, see sec.
+It is also possible to enter a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument which is needed for special table
+ formattings, see sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multicolumn-Calculations"
+reference "subsec:Multicolumn-Calculations"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Row-Spacing"
+reference "subsec:Row-Spacing"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The table toolbar is an alternative to the table dialog to be able to alter
tables faster.
- It should normally appear at the bottom of LyX's main window when the cursor
+ It should normally appear at the bottom of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s main window when the cursor
is inside a table.
You can alternatively switch it on to appear always, by right-clicking
- in LyX's main menu bar.
+ in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s main menu bar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
In addition to the table dialog and toolbar, the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Table
\family default
allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column and
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_layout Standard
Table floats can be inserted using the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
Table
\family default
or the toolbar button
\begin_layout Standard
Having the caption above the table is the common rule that is unfortunately
- not supported in LaTeX's standard classes.
+ not supported in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s standard classes.
This means that, if you are using the document classes
\family sans
article
\family default
, there will be no space between the caption and the table.
To insert the needed space, add the following option to the load command
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
Tables can be cross-referenced in the text by referencing their label.
To do this insert a label in the caption using the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Label
\family default
or the toolbar button
.
You can now refer to the label using the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Longtable-Captions"
+reference "subsec:Longtable-Captions"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can also specify a row where the table is split.
See the following longtable to see how it works:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Longtable-Captions"
+reference "subsec:Longtable-Captions"
\end_inset
Footnotes in Longtables
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Footnotes-in-Longtables"
+name "subsec:Footnotes-in-Longtables"
\end_inset
dialog.
For left- and right-alignment the table will be directly at the page border.
To add space between the table and the border one has to set the alignment
- to center and change the value of the LaTeX-lengths
+ to center and change the value of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-lengths
\series bold
\backslash
\backslash
LTright
\series default
- by inserting this line as TeX-Code before the longtable:
+ by inserting this line as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code before the longtable:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
fill
\series default
-, which is in this case the same as an horizontal fill in LyX.
+, which is in this case the same as an horizontal fill in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Longtable-Captions"
+reference "subsec:Longtable-Captions"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Longtable-Captions"
+name "subsec:Longtable-Captions"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_inset
2.1 in the list of tables if there are two longtables without captions.
- To avoid this you can add the following command in TeX-Code after every
- longtable without a caption:
+ To avoid this you can add the following command in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code after every longtable
+ without a caption:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
The caption layout can be set together with all other captions of your document
- using the LaTeX-package
+ using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
in.
To change it add the following command to your document preamble or as
- TeX-Code into your document before the longtable that should be affected
+ \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code into your document before the longtable that should be affected
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- When the LaTeX-package
+ When the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-in, or the LaTeX-command
+in, or the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command
\series bold
\backslash
is an example of a longtable with different heading where the second caption
does not include the table number.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="59" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX calculates the height of table pages and their page breaks using so
- called chunks.
- Chunks are parts of tables that held at the same time in LaTeX's memory.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ calculates the height of table pages and their page breaks using so called
+ chunks.
+ Chunks are parts of tables that held at the same time in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s memory.
The default value was historically set to only 20 table rows.
If you are using longtables with many pages this may slow down the creation
of your document.
(menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as TeX-Code at the point of the cell where it can be broken.
+ as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code at the point of the cell where it can be broken.
Before the
\series bold
\backslash
\series default
- command you have to insert in TeX-Code as many
+ command you have to insert in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code as many
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
&
\series default
is the character to separate table cells.
- Write in TeX-Code after each
+ Write in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code after each
\series bold
&
\series default
the cell that should be broken is in the second column followed by another
column.
- Therefore the following command was inserted in the cell as TeX-Code after
+ Therefore the following command was inserted in the cell as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code after
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-must be inserted as TeX-Code at the beginning of the cell.
+must be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code at the beginning of the cell.
This ensures that the part of the cell that will be displayed on the new
page appears with the full width.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="38" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
Multiple Lines in Table Cells
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Multiple-Lines-in"
+name "subsec:Multiple-Lines-in"
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
\begin_layout Standard
If you have a long word in a cell with a fixed width, it cannot be hyphenated
- by LaTeX if it is the first entry.
+ by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ if it is the first entry.
Therefore you need to insert something to prevent the word not being the
first entry.
So add a horizontal space of 0
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
Multicolumns
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Multicolumns"
+name "subsec:Multicolumns"
\end_inset
, or the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Table\SpecialChar menuseparator
Multicolumn
\family default
, or right click on the marked cells and choose
the multicolumn.
Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
in the last row without the upper border:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
Multicolumn Calculations
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Multicolumn-Calculations"
+name "subsec:Multicolumn-Calculations"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports multicolumns directly, but we have to take account of the cell
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports multicolumns directly, but we have to take account of the cell
width of the columns spanned by the multicolumn cell.
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" special=">{\centering}m{1.25cm-6.2pt}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="1.25cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To enable calculations in LaTeX, the LaTeX-package
+To enable calculations in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX does not allow you to calculate lengths in the
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ does not allow you to calculate lengths in the
\family sans
Width
\family default
field of the table dialog.
- Therefore you have to format the column by inserting a LaTeX-argument in
- the dialog.
+ Therefore you have to format the column by inserting a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument in the
+ dialog.
Here is an overview about the arguments:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By entering a LaTeX-argument, all cell settings set in the table dialog
- are overwritten.
+By entering a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument, all cell settings set in the table dialog are overwritt
+en.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Due to a bug, LyX shows the overwritten settings anyway.
+ Due to a bug, \SpecialChar LyX
+ shows the overwritten settings anyway.
\end_layout
\end_inset
centering
\series default
is added.
- You can now enter the following LaTeX-argument for the first spanned column:
+ You can now enter the following \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument for the first spanned column:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Although we have chosen centered alignment for the text of the multicolumn
cell, it is still left aligned.
- This is because LyX only applies the alignment to single columns.
- So for the multicolumn cell we have to use the LaTeX-argument
+ This is because \SpecialChar LyX
+ only applies the alignment to single columns.
+ So for the multicolumn cell we have to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Multirows
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Multirows"
+name "subsec:Multirows"
\end_inset
, or the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Table\SpecialChar menuseparator
Multirow
\family default
, or right click on the marked cells and choose
\begin_layout Standard
Here is an example table with a multirow in the first column:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
in the document preamble.
Then all entries of multirow cells in the document are centered.
If centering is only needed for several tables, you can renew the command
- in a TeX-Code box just before the table instead of the preamble.
+ in a \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code box just before the table instead of the preamble.
If the text should be right-aligned, replace
\series bold
\end_inset
cm wide column:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_inset
) but this will not respect the cell lines as demonstrated in this table:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="2cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
To tell the reader what is meant by column and row headings in a table,
it is helpful to split the first cell of the table by one or two diagonal
lines.
- This can be achieved by loading the LaTeX-package
+ This can be achieved by loading the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! picinpar
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! picinpar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
diagbox
\series default
- that is inserted as TeX-Code and that can take 2 or 3
+ that is inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code and that can take 2 or 3
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following section will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following section will only be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\noindent
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
The 3-argument scheme is for example useful for cross-tables of sports leagues
or distances:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-diagbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Team home
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Result
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Team away
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tigers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Panthers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Falcons
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tigers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1:3
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0:1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Panthers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3:1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0:0
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Falcons
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1:0
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0:0
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For larger cross-tables one might use split cells in 2 or every corner of
- the table like in this example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+diagbox{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Team home
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Result
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Team away
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tigers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Panthers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Falcons
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tigers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1:3
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0:1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Panthers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+3:1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0:0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Falcons
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1:0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0:0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For larger cross-tables one might use split cells in 2 or every corner of
+ the table like in this example:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
The necessary width of split cells is automatically calculated.
Thus if you set a fixed column width smaller than the calculated one, the
cell's content will protrude the cell borders:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
diagbox
\series default
so one needs to create a new length which can be used later.
- This is done with the TeX-Code commands
+ This is done with the \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code commands
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To enable calculations in LaTeX one needs to load the package
+To enable calculations in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ one needs to load the package
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
in the first cell:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
Note that the split cell needs to be the widest one in the column.
Otherwise the length of the diagonal line cannot be calculated correctly
like in this table:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\end_inset
cm is used:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following will be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You need to install the LaTeX-package
+You need to install the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For more info about the LaTeX-package
+For more info about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Row-Spacing"
+reference "subsec:Row-Spacing"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Lines that do not span all table columns can be created by setting a table
line for multicolumn cells.
- LyX will then internally use the command
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will then internally use the command
\series bold
\backslash
\backslash
cmidrule
\series default
- are currently not supported by LyX so you have to use TeX-Code to be able
- to use them.
+ are currently not supported by \SpecialChar LyX
+ so you have to use \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code to be able to
+ use them.
\series bold
\backslash
cmidrule
\series default
-s can manually be created by inserting the command as TeX-Code as the first
+s can manually be created by inserting the command as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code as the first
cell entry of the first cell of a row.
The line is then drawn in the output above the current row.
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- This can be achieved with the TeX-Code command
+ This can be achieved with the \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For more information about these features, refer to the manual of the LaTeX-pack
-age
+For more information about these features, refer to the manual of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
+
\series bold
booktabs
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! booktabs
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! booktabs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Vertical-Alignment"
+reference "subsec:Vertical-Alignment"
\end_inset
.
In the example above the second table in the first item is aligned using
- the TeX-Code-command
+ the \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
}
\series default
- is inserted as TeX-Code.
+ is inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code.
For the second table in the last item the command
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_inset
.
- In any other case you have to use the LaTeX-package
+ In any other case you have to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following section part will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package
-
+The following section part will only be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multicolumn-Calculations"
+reference "subsec:Multicolumn-Calculations"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Both commands are inserted at the beginning of a cell as TeX-Code.
+Both commands are inserted at the beginning of a cell as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Style
\family default
dialog.
- If a cell contains TeX-Code mark only the characters, otherwise the colored
- TeX-Code will cause LaTeX-errors.
+ If a cell contains \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code mark only the characters, otherwise the colored
+ \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code will cause \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-as LaTeX-argument for this column.
- The first row should be light blue, therefore the TeX-Code command
+as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument for this column.
+ The first row should be light blue, therefore the \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
is inserted to the first cell of this row.
Note that this overwrites the column color for the first cell.
- The last cell of the last row is colored maroon by inserting the TeX-Code
+ The last cell of the last row is colored maroon by inserting the \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code
command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The characters could now be colored using the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special=">{\columncolor{darkgreen}\centering}c">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following will be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! xcolor
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! xcolor
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
- must be installed in your LaTeX-distribution, otherwise you get LaTeX-errors.
+ must be installed in your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-distribution, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following section part will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package
-
+The following section part will only be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-that is either inserted in the document preamble or as TeX-Code before the
+that is either inserted in the document preamble or as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code before the
first table to be colored.
row
\begin_inset space ~
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following will be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Line-Thickness"
+reference "subsec:Line-Thickness"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Customized-Format"
+reference "subsec:Customized-Format"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- the LaTeX-argument
+ the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument
\series bold
WcW
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="WcW">
\end_inset
-, insert these commands in TeX-Code before the table or table float:
+, insert these commands in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code before the table or table float:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To return to the default line color black, insert this command in TeX-Code
+To return to the default line color black, insert this command in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code
after the table or table float:
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="WcW">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
(that the content of the column can consume) plus two times the separation
- between the column content and the column border (LaTeX length
+ between the column content and the column border (\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ length
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt) plus the width of a border line (LaTeX length
+pt) plus the width of a border line (\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ length
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_layout Standard
The available width for a table is the space between the page margins or
- the width of a text column (for a two-column document) (LaTeX length
+ the width of a text column (for a two-column document) (\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ length
\series bold
\backslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To be able to perform calculations you need to load the LaTeX-package
+To be able to perform calculations you need to load the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
in the document preamble.
To set the width in the table dialog you have to use the field
\family sans
-LaTeX argument
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ argument
\family default
.
The command scheme for this field is the same that is explained in section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multicolumn-Calculations"
+reference "subsec:Multicolumn-Calculations"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="20col%" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}*\real{0.75}}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="20col%" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}}">
Row Spacing
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Row-Spacing"
+name "subsec:Row-Spacing"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- LyX will insert as default 0.5
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will insert as default 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\end_inset
row will add space below the characters of the table row.
- If the table is a formal table LyX will insert as default 0.5
+ If the table is a formal table \SpecialChar LyX
+ will insert as default 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
rows adds space between the current and the following row.
- If the table is a formal table LyX will insert as default 0.5
+ If the table is a formal table \SpecialChar LyX
+ will insert as default 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\series bold
array
\series default
- will be loaded automatically by LyX when you use self defined table formats.
+ will be loaded automatically by \SpecialChar LyX
+ when you use self defined table formats.
To avoid that it being loaded twice the command
\series bold
\backslash
strut
\series default
- in TeX-Code at the beginning of a table row.
+ in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code at the beginning of a table row.
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
Special Cell Alignment
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Special-Cell-Alignment"
+name "subsec:Special-Cell-Alignment"
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="decimal" decimal_point="." valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{}l">
<row>
A small space was added at the beginning of each cell of the second column
to get the space that is usually around operators.
To omit the space that is normally between two table columns, the following
- LaTeX-argument was used for the second column:
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument was used for the second column:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="6">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" special="@{}l">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
Customized Cell/Column Format
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Customized-Format"
+name "subsec:Customized-Format"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multicolumn-Calculations"
+reference "subsec:Multicolumn-Calculations"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multiple-Lines-in"
+reference "subsec:Multiple-Lines-in"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
as
\family sans
-LaTeX-argument
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument
\family default
in the table dialog to create a multicolumn.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-as LaTeX-argument of the column.
+as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument of the column.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-as LaTeX-argument.
+as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
- use the LaTeX-arguments
+ use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-arguments
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm" special="M{2.5cm}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" special="S{2.5cm}{2}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
Line Thickness
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Line-Thickness"
+name "subsec:Line-Thickness"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in TeX-Code before the table or table float.
+in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code before the table or table float.
The changed thickness is valid for all subsequent tables.
To use the default value again, set
\series bold
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt in TeX-Code after the table or table float.
+pt in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code after the table or table float.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_inset
-, insert these commands in TeX-Code before the table or table float:
+, insert these commands in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code before the table or table float:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To return to the default line thickness, insert this command in TeX-Code
- after the table or table float:
+To return to the default line thickness, insert this command in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code after
+ the table or table float:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Customized-Format"
+reference "subsec:Customized-Format"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- the LaTeX-argument
+ the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Vc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Vc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="VcV">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following section will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following section will only be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special=":c">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX does not natively support dashed lines, so you have to use TeX-Code.
- As a prerequisite the LaTeX-package
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ does not natively support dashed lines, so you have to use \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code.
+ As a prerequisite the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! arydshln
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! arydshln
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- together with the character for the horizontal alignment as LaTeX-argument
- in the table cell dialog.
+ together with the character for the horizontal alignment as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument in
+ the table cell dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in TeX-Code as first element of the first cell in the table row.
+in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code as first element of the first cell in the table row.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in TeX-Code as the first element of the first cell in the table row.
+in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code as the first element of the first cell in the table row.
If you have for example a multicolumn spanning columns 2 to 4 and you want
to have a dashed line above, add the command
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as LaTeX-argument of the third column.
- The TeX-Code command
+ as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-argument of the third column.
+ The \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code command
\series bold
\backslash
hdashline
\series default
- was inserted in the first cell of the third row and the TeX-Code command
+ was inserted in the first cell of the third row and the \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code command
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\columncolor{darkgreen}\centering}c">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=":c">
\begin_layout Standard
To get back the black line color, one needs to insert the following commands
- as TeX-Code behind the table:
+ as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code behind the table:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-can be used in front of a table as TeX-Code.
+can be used in front of a table as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code.
color is hereby the name of a defined color.
The command
\end_layout
\color none
Note:
\series default
- The LaTeX-package
+ The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
- must be loaded in the document preamble before the LaTeX-package
+ must be loaded in the document preamble before the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following will be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
To insert a float, use the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Float
\family default
(toolbar button
\end_inset
.
- To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
- by left-clicking on the box label.
+ To keep your \SpecialChar LyX
+-document readable, you can open and close the float box by
+ left-clicking on the box label.
A closed float box looks like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/floatQt4.png
\begin_layout Standard
It is recommended that you insert floats as separate standard paragraphs
- to avoid possible LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text
- is specially formatted.
+ to avoid possible \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially
+ formatted.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
- respectively, LyX offers the float types
+ respectively, \SpecialChar LyX
+ offers the float types
\family sans
Algorithm
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
This float type is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
Algorithm
\family default
.
.
A possible environment for algorithms is the
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
\family default
-, described in LyX's
+, described in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s
\emph on
Userguide
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
To insert the list of algorithms you can use the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
List of Algorithms
\family default
- when your document has the same language as LyX's menu names.
- In other cases use this command in TeX-Code instead:
+ when your document has the same language as \SpecialChar LyX
+'s menu names.
+ In other cases use this command in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code instead:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Footnote-Numbering"
+reference "subsec:Footnote-Numbering"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
To reference a float, insert a label into its caption using the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Label
\family default
or the toolbar button
\end_inset
will be inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
- LyX offers as text the first words of the caption with a prefix.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ offers as text the first words of the caption with a prefix.
The prefix depends on the float type, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
You can refer to the label using the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross-reference
\family default
or the toolbar button
.
The cross-reference window appears showing all labels of the document.
- If you have multiple LyX-documents opened, choose the one you are working
+ If you have multiple \SpecialChar LyX
+-documents opened, choose the one you are working
on from the drop-list at the top of the dialog.
You can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose one.
A grey cross-reference box like this one:
Cross-Reference Formats
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Cross-Reference-Formats"
+name "subsec:Cross-Reference-Formats"
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
+ This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
+You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package should be used for this feature by setting
the option
\family sans
Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
\family default
in the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document Class
\family default
.
\begin_layout Standard
The number and current page of the part of the document referred to in the
- output is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
+ output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
The varieties are adjusted in the field
\family sans
Format
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- It is recommended to use the LaTeX-package
+ It is recommended to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
- does not know all of LyX's possible label shortcuts
+ does not know all of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s possible label shortcuts
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is for example LyX's shortcut for labels in figure captions.
+ is for example \SpecialChar LyX
+'s shortcut for labels in figure captions.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Due to a bug in the LaTeX-package
+ Due to a bug in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
varioref
\series default
- version 1.4w, some cross-reference formats will cause LaTeX errors for document
+ version 1.4w, some cross-reference formats will cause \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ errors for document
languages that make the period character active (like French).
For a workaround, see
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The LaTeX-package
+The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
- and insert this line to the LaTeX preamble:
+ and insert this line to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Cross-Reference-Formats"
+reference "subsec:Cross-Reference-Formats"
\end_inset
Reference Position
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Reference-Position"
+name "subsec:Reference-Position"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hypcap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! hypcap
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, which is part of the LaTeX-package
+, which is part of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
oberdiek
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! oberdiek
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! oberdiek
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Settings
\family default
- opens a dialog where you can alter the placement options that LaTeX uses
- for positioning the float.
+ opens a dialog where you can alter the placement options that \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ uses for
+ positioning the float.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\emph on
always
\emph default
- used by LaTeX.
- That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
-
+ used by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ That means, if you use the default placement, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ will first try out
\family sans
Here
\begin_inset space ~
page
\family default
, and then the others.
- If you do not use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options
- but in the same order.
+ If you do not use the default, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ will try only the checked options but in
+ the same order.
If none of the 4
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-You can also redefine the rules with LaTeX-commands that are given in parenthese
-s after the rules description above.
+You can also redefine the rules with \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands that are given in parentheses
+ after the rules description above.
To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule
to 50
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
Sometimes you have the problem that a float is placed at the top of a page
while its corresponding section starts at the middle of the page, so that
the reader could think the float is part of the previous section.
- To avoid this the LaTeX-command
+ To avoid this the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_layout Standard
You can define the same for all section headings, like chapters and subsections.
This definition is not recommended to be used for small text parts like
- subsubsections because LaTeX may then have problems finding a suitable
- placement.
+ subsubsections because \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ may then have problems finding a suitable placement.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In some cases it is required to have all figures/tables at the end of the
document.
- For this purpose the LaTeX-package
+ For this purpose the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
endfloat
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! endfloat
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! endfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in TeX-Code instead of
+ in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code instead of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books,
+For more details about float placements, have a look at \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ books,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Floats
\family default
.
- On the LyX screen captions appear as a label, e.
+ On the \SpecialChar LyX
+ screen captions appear as a label, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To change the default caption format, load the LaTeX-package
+To change the default caption format, load the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Having the caption above the table is unfortunately not supported in LaTeX's
+Having the caption above the table is unfortunately not supported in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s
standard classes.
That means if you are using the document classes
\family sans
report
\family default
there will be no space between the caption and the table.
- To insert the necessary space, load the LaTeX-package
+ To insert the necessary space, load the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\end_inset
It is also possible to set the caption beside a figure or table.
- To get this the LaTeX-package
+ To get this the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! sidecap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! sidecap
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following section will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following section will only be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To place in LyX the caption of a float on the side, it is necessary to add
+To place in \SpecialChar LyX
+ the caption of a float on the side, it is necessary to add
these commands to the document preamble:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in TeX-Code before the float.
+in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code before the float.
And insert the command
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in TeX-Code at the point where you want to get back to the original float
- definition.
+in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code at the point where you want to get back to the original float definitio
+n.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in the document preamble or in TeX-Code before the float.
+in the document preamble or in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code before the float.
The float type is either
\family sans
figure
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- The LaTeX-package
+ The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
hypcap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hypcap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! hypcap
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Reference-Position"
+reference "subsec:Reference-Position"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following will be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You need to install the LaTeX-package
+You need to install the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
documents.
You can insert them via the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-LyX Notes
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Notes ! LyX Notes
+Notes ! \SpecialChar LyX
+ Notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
or the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Note
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
-ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-comment,
+ when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ via the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ (pdflatex) / (plain)
\family default
.
Its note-box looks like this:
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
+This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-files.
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The greyed out note is here redefined to show it with the original LyX definitio
-n because greyed out notes are redefined in the preamble of this document,
+The greyed out note is here redefined to show it with the original \SpecialChar LyX
+ definition
+ because greyed out notes are redefined in the preamble of this document,
as described below, to have blue text.
\end_layout
to insert notes, a
\family sans
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
You can change the text color of the greyed out notes in the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Colors
\family default
.
or the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Footnote
\family default
.
The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
position where the footnote box is placed.
The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
- The footnote number is calculated by LaTeX; the numbers are consecutive.
+ The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+; the numbers are consecutive.
Whether the footnote number is reset for every chapter depends on your
document class.
\end_layout
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-Footnotes in tables are not printed by LaTeX due to technical reasons.
+Footnotes in tables are not printed by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ due to technical reasons.
However there exists another method to print them: Instead of the footnote
the command
\series bold
\backslash
footnotemark{}
\series default
- is inserted as TeX-code.
- The text of the footnote is entered as an argument of the TeX-code command
+ is inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
+-code.
+ The text of the footnote is entered as an argument of the \SpecialChar TeX
+-code command
\series bold
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Footnotes-in-Longtables"
+reference "subsec:Footnotes-in-Longtables"
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
footnotemark[number]
\series default
- in TeX-code.
+ in \SpecialChar TeX
+-code.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
As you do not know the number of the repeating footnote while you are writing
the text, you have to store its number.
For the following footnote mark example, these commands were inserted in
- TeX-code after Footnote
+ \SpecialChar TeX
+-code after Footnote
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footnote Numbering
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Footnote-Numbering"
+name "subsec:Footnote-Numbering"
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, use the LaTeX-package
+, use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
ftnright
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! ftnright
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! ftnright
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Footnote placement in two-column documents when the LaTeX-package
+Footnote placement in two-column documents when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
ftnright
\series default
To use endnotes instead of footnotes in your document, load in the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Modules
\family default
the module
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in TeX-Code at the end of a section or chapter.
+in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code at the end of a section or chapter.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Footnote-Numbering"
+reference "subsec:Footnote-Numbering"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Footnote-Numbering"
+reference "subsec:Footnote-Numbering"
\end_inset
\end_inset
Footnotes can also be placed in the page margin and the footnote text alignment
- can be changed, see the LaTeX-package
+ can be changed, see the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
footmisc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! footmisc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! footmisc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For various further footnote formatting issues have a look at LaTeX-books,
-
+For various further footnote formatting issues have a look at \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-books,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Margin notes look and behave in LyX like footnotes.
+Margin notes look and behave in \SpecialChar LyX
+ like footnotes.
They are inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Marginal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in TeX-Code before a margin note.
+in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code before a margin note.
The new placement is valid for all subsequent margin notes.
\begin_inset ERT
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in TeX-Code.
+in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multiple-Lines-in"
+reference "subsec:Multiple-Lines-in"
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following section will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following section will only be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This restriction can be evaded by using the LaTeX-package
+This restriction can be evaded by using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! marginnote
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! marginnote
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
By adding these two lines to your document preamble, the command used by
- LyX for margin notes is redefined to use the command provided by the
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ for margin notes is redefined to use the command provided by the
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
has another useful feature: You can set a vertical offset for the note.
This is often needed when too many margin notes are too close together
or for a better page layout.
- The offset is set in LyX as TeX-Code directly after the margin note in
- the scheme
+ The offset is set in \SpecialChar LyX
+ as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code directly after the margin note in the scheme
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-cm with the TeX-Code-command
+cm with the \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-command
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following will be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You need to install the LaTeX-package
+You need to install the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Vertical-Alignment"
+reference "subsec:Vertical-Alignment"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Boxes can be inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Box
\family default
or the toolbar button
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "depth"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "2in"
height_special "height"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "width"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The horizontal box alignment can be set via LyX's paragraph dialog when
- you set the box into its own paragraph.
+The horizontal box alignment can be set via \SpecialChar LyX
+'s paragraph dialog when you
+ set the box into its own paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-To align the box content horizontally you can use LyX's paragraph dialog
- when you have chosen an
+To align the box content horizontally you can use \SpecialChar LyX
+'s paragraph dialog when
+ you have chosen an
\family sans
Inner
\begin_inset space ~
special "none"
height "1.25in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Box
\family default
, you can align the box content horizontally in the box dialog.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1.25in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
frame This draws a rectangular frame around the box.
- The frame line thickness has the size of
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-.
+ The frame line thickness can be specified.
\begin_inset Box Boxed
position "c"
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
shadow This draws a rectangular frame with a shadow around the box.
- The frame line thickness has the size of
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-, the shadow has a width of 4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
+ The frame line thickness and the shadow can be specified.
\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
position "c"
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-, the thickness of the outer frame is 1.5
+thickness, the thickness of the outer frame is 1.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-.
+thickness.
The distance between the lines is 1.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-
+thickness
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-LyX's box label will reflect the different frame types.
- To be able to use all types, the LaTeX-package
+\SpecialChar LyX
+'s box label will reflect the different frame types.
+ To be able to use all types, the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
fancybox
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! fancybox
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! fancybox
\end_layout
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The default value for the size
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
- is 0.4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- It can be changed with the following command in TeX-code to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Boxed
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Rectangular box with
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{0.4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-The space between the frame and the box content is for all frame styles
- by default 3
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- You can change it by setting the length
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
- to another value.
- For example the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{10pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-sets the value to 10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt, as with the following box:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{10pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Boxed
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Rectangular box with
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{3pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
The diameter of the round corners of the oval boxes can be set with the
command
\series bold
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-The size of the shadow can be adjusted by changing the length
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-shadowsize
-\series default
-.
- It it set to 2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt for the following box by this command:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Shadow box with
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-shadowsize
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The default value for the size
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-FrameRule
-\series default
- is 0.4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- The default space between the note content and the frame is 9
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt and can be changed with the value of
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-FrameSep
-\series default
-.
- For example the frame appearance of the following
-\family sans
-box
-\family default
- is set with the TeX-Code commands
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{5pt}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{0.5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{5pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{0.5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Framed
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 0
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in an
-\family sans
-allow page break
-\family default
- box.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{0.4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{9pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series default
or globally with the menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator
shaded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\backslash
definecolor
\series default
- requires the LaTeX-package
+ requires the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
color
\series default
\end_inset
For example the appearance of the following shaded background box is set
- with the TeX-Code commands
+ with the \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code commands
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Changed lengths and widths are valid for all boxes following the commands
- that change them.
+Manually changed lengths, widths and colors are valid for all boxes following
+ the commands that change them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages are treated by LaTeX as pages within pages and can therefore for
- example have their own footnotes.
+Minipages are treated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ as pages within pages and can therefore for example
+ have their own footnotes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
col% and they are separated by a horizontal fill, that was inserted via
the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Horizontal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Color-for-Paragraphs"
+reference "sec:Colored-Boxes"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Parboxes are very similar to minipages with the difference that they cannot
have footnotes.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- as TeX-Code directly before the word:
+ as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code directly before the word:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Of course the word now protrudes over the side margin.
To avoid this, add via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Vertical Alignment
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Vertical-Alignment"
+name "subsec:Vertical-Alignment"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in TeX-Code before the word.
- After the word insert a closing brace
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-}
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in TeX-Code.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-This is the result:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a text line with the word
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-raisebox{
-\backslash
-depth}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-preventing
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- as a raised word.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-When you raise or lower characters in a line, the line distance will be
- spread:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a text line with the word
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-raisebox{-
-\backslash
-depth}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-preventing
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- as a lowered word.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-This is a text line with the word
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-raisebox{0.5cm}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-testing
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- as a raised word.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to prevent this for a certain reason, set the box height to
- a zero value.
- For example use
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-raisebox{-
-\backslash
-depth}[0pt]{
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a text line with the word
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-raisebox{-
-\backslash
-depth}[0pt]{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-preventing
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- as a lowered word.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-This is a text line with the word
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-raisebox{0.5cm}[0pt]{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-testing
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- as a raised word.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Colored Boxes
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Colored-Boxes"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Boxes ! Color
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Color for Text
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! for Text
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To color the background of text the text must be put into a so called
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-colorbox
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- This requires that the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-color
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! color
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is loaded in the document preamble with the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-@ifundefined{textcolor}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-{
-\backslash
-usepackage{color}}{}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The package
-\series bold
-color
-\series default
- will be loaded automatically by LyX when you color text.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-To avoid it being loaded twice the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-@ifundefined
-\series default
- is used.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-Colorboxes are created with the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox
-\series default
-.
- This will be used with the following scheme:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox{color}{box content}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The box content can also be a box and colorboxes can also be within other
- boxes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following colors are predefined:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-black
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-blue
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-cyan
-\family default
-\series bold
-,
-\series default
-
-\family sans
-green
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-magenta
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-red
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-white
-\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-yellow
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-You can also define your own color as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Colored-Tables"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To have e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-a red background for a word, insert the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox{red}{
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-before the word in TeX-Code.
+in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code before the word.
After the word insert a closing brace
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in TeX-Code.
+ in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line where the word
+This is a text line with the word
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\backslash
-colorbox{red}{
+raisebox{
+\backslash
+depth}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Attention!
+preventing
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_inset
- has a red background.
+ as a raised word.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-If you would like the box frame in a different color, you can use the command
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox
-\series default
- with the following scheme:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{frame color}{box color}{box content}
+When you raise or lower characters in a line, the line distance will be
+ spread:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+This is a text line with the word
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-fcolorbox
-\series default
- is an extension to
-\series bold
\backslash
-colorbox
-\series default
-.
- The frame thickness and the space between the frame and the box content
- can be adjusted with the lengths
-\series bold
-
+raisebox{-
\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
- and
-\series bold
+depth}{
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-, respectively, as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Decoration"
-
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For the following example the command
-\end_layout
+preventing
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-was used.
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example where the frame line thickness was set to 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-mm:
+ as a lowered word.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-
+This is a text line with the word
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\backslash
-fboxrule 1mm
-\backslash
-fboxsep 1mm
+raisebox{0.5cm}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+testing
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-This is text within a colored, framed box.
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+ as a raised word.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to prevent this for a certain reason, set the box height to
+ a zero value.
+ For example use
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-Of course you can also have colored text inside a colorbox:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+raisebox{-
+\backslash
+depth}[0pt]{
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a text line with the word
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
+raisebox{-
+\backslash
+depth}[0pt]{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\color yellow
-This is colored text within a colored, framed box.
-\color none
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+preventing
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+ as a lowered word.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+This is a text line with the word
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\backslash
-fboxrule 0.4pt
-\backslash
-fboxsep 3pt
+raisebox{0.5cm}[0pt]{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+testing
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Text in colorboxes cannot have line breaks.
- To color multiple text lines or paragraphs, use a box inside a colorbox
- as described in the following.
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ as a raised word.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Color for Paragraphs
+\begin_layout Section
+Colored Boxes
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Color-for-Paragraphs"
+name "sec:Colored-Boxes"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! for Paragraphs
+Boxes ! Color
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To set the background color for more than one text line, put the text into
- a minipage.
- Before the minipage insert the
-\series bold
+To color the background of a box just select the color you like in the box
+ dialog.
+ This is for example a box with orange background:
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 1
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "orange"
+status open
-\backslash
-colorbox
-\series default
- command
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Box with orange background
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-colorbox{color}{
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in TeX-Code.
- After the minipage insert a closing brace
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+If you use the decoration
+\family sans
+Simple
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\series bold
-}
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+rectangular
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- in TeX-Code.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+frame
+\family default
+ you can set a frame color.
+ In this case you must also specify a background color (LyX sets white as
+ default).
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Box Boxed
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "teal"
+backgroundcolor "yellow"
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Box with teal frame color and yellow background color
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-colorbox{lightgrey}{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+Of course you can also have colored text inside a colored box:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
+\begin_inset Box Boxed
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
+has_inner_box 0
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
+width ""
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
-status collapsed
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "cyan"
+backgroundcolor "magenta"
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text with background color.
- This is text with background color.
+
+\color yellow
+This is colored text within a colored, framed box
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-The text can have footnotes
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Another example footnote
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
- and can include tables and figures.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you need another color than the predefined ones, you can define your
+ own color as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-a
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Colored-Tables"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-!
+.
+ To use your own color you must typeset the box by using TeX code:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Colored boxes without frame are created with the command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+\backslash
+colorbox
+\series default
+.
+ It has the following scheme:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+colorbox{color}{box content}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The box content can also be a box and colored boxes can also be within other
+ boxes.
+ To have e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-b2
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-|
+a darkgreen background for a word, insert the command
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
->
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+colorbox{darkgreen}{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+before the word in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code.
+ After the word insert a closing brace
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-§
+ in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+This is the result:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line where the word
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-c
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+
+\backslash
+colorbox{darkgreen}{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Attention!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_inset
+ has a darkgreen background.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Framed, colored boxes are created with the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+fcolorbox
+\series default
+.
+ It has the following scheme:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+fcolorbox{frame color}{box color}{box content}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use the commands described in this section, the LaTeX-package
+To use the commands described in this section, the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
graphicx
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! graphicx
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! graphicx
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
rotatebox
\series default
- in TeX-Code with the following scheme:
+ in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code with the following scheme:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
rotatebox[origin=c]{60}{
\series default
- was inserted as TeX-Code before the text
+ was inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code before the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
}
\series default
- in TeX-Code.
+ in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "width"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\backslash
resizebox
\series default
- can be used as TeX-Code.
+ can be used as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
resizebox
\series default
- are set to zero, no LaTeX-errors occur when exporting the document but
- the exported files can not or only partly be displayed.
+ are set to zero, no \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors occur when exporting the document but the exported
+ files can not or only partly be displayed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
produces:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
Images, tables, and inline formulas are allowed as box content:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
so that it only occupies some fraction of the column width.
It can be inserted using the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Floats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Floats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Float
\family default
- if the LaTeX-package
+ if the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
wrapfig
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! wrapfig
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
+Installing a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package is explained it in the
\emph on
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
that specifies how many text lines the float will approximately need.
The line span is often hard to approximate; so it is better only to use
it when you encounter float placement problems.
- You can furthermore decide if LaTeX is allowed to let the float float within
+ You can furthermore decide if \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is allowed to let the float float within
the paragraph or to surrounding paragraphs.
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
have these positions in the paragraph:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
or
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
-you can use the LaTeX-package
+you can use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! picinpar
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! picinpar
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following section will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following section will only be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-as TeX-Code at the beginning of the paragraph.
+as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code at the beginning of the paragraph.
The first parameter in the bracket, here '2', defines the number of lines
above the object, the second, here 'c', the position of the object.
The positions 'l', 'c' and 'r' (for left, center, right) are possible.
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following will be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You need to install the LaTeX-package
+You need to install the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use initials, you must have the LaTeX-package
+To use initials, you must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! lettrine
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! lettrine
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
in your document (menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Modules
\family default
).
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following section will only be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following section will only be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\end_inset
:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Only one line is surrounding the initial, which is formed by two letters
in standard font and no text is printed in small caps:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
{
\backslash
usepackage{color}}{}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The following will be displayed when the LaTeX-package
+The following will be displayed when the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You need to install the LaTeX-package
+You need to install the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
With the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\family default
you can insert external material into your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Document Another LyX document; its content is directly inserted to your
- document.
+Document Another \SpecialChar LyX
+ document; its content is directly inserted to your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Document LyX or LaTeX-documents.
+Document \SpecialChar LyX
+ or \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
The external material feature allows you to insert files into your document
without converting them to a format that can be read by the document output
format.
- LyX takes care of the necessary conversions.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ takes care of the necessary conversions.
This is similar to images that can be inserted in various image formats
- in LyX documents.
- When you have enabled Instant Preview in LyX's preferences under
+ in \SpecialChar LyX
+ documents.
+ When you have enabled Instant Preview in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s preferences under
\family sans
Look
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+feel\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphics
\family default
-, the external material types Dia and Xfig are directly shown in LyX.
+, the external material types Dia and Xfig are directly shown in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
dialog that is accessible with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
External
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-The date is not shown within LyX, only in the output.
+The date is not shown within \SpecialChar LyX
+, only in the output.
There are two other methods of inserting a date: Via menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Date
\family default
- and with the LaTeX command
+ and with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ command
\series bold
\backslash
today
\series default
- as TeX-Code.
+ as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code.
The different methods are compared in Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- For this feature LyX must have found the program
+ For this feature \SpecialChar LyX
+ must have found the program
\family typewriter
ssconvert
\family default
during its configuration.
This program is part of Gnumeric, so that you must have Gnumeric installed,
also if you don't have tables in the Gnumeric format.
- For examples and possible limitations have a look at LyX's example file
-
+ For examples and possible limitations have a look at \SpecialChar LyX
+'s example file
\emph on
spreadsheet.lyx
\emph default
\series default
.
- For LyX's extended support for LilyPond have a look at LyX's example file
-
+ For \SpecialChar LyX
+'s extended support for LilyPond have a look at \SpecialChar LyX
+'s example file
\emph on
lilypond.lyx
\emph default
\family default
field in the
\family sans
-LaTeX and LyX options
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ and \SpecialChar LyX
+ options
\family default
tab.
The argument of this option is a comma separated list, containing page
\series default
will be overwritten.
For more info and possible options, have a look into the documentation
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
pdfpages
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! pdfpages
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! pdfpages
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
EndFrame
\family default
- environment and in a subsequent paragraph a TeX-Code box containing the
- command
+ environment and in a subsequent paragraph a \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code box containing the command
+
\series bold
\backslash
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-External Material\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+External Material\SpecialChar menuseparator
Date
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Date
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-as TeX-Code inset box
+as \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code inset box
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-External material is displayed in LyX either as a box like this:
+External material is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
+ either as a box like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/ExternalMaterialQt4.png
scale 85
or as image, depending on the option
\family sans
-Show in LyX
+Show in \SpecialChar LyX
+
\family default
in the
\family sans
-LaTeX and LyX options
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ and \SpecialChar LyX
+ options
\family default
tab of the dialog.
\end_layout
, and a master document connects them to print the full document or parts
of it.
- A child document inherits elements from its master, for example the LaTeX
- preamble, the bibliography, and labels for cross-references.
+ A child document inherits elements from its master, for example the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ preamble,
+ the bibliography, and labels for cross-references.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To be able to work on child documents without the need to open their master,
specify in the child document the master in the menu
\family sans
- Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Class
\family default
.
- This master document will then be used in the background by LyX when you
- edit the child document.
+ This master document will then be used in the background by \SpecialChar LyX
+ when you edit
+ the child document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Included documents are displayed in LyX as a box like this:
+Included documents are displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
+ as a box like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/ChildDocumentQt4.png
scale 85
To include child documents in a master document use the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Child
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Include You can include LyX- and LaTeX-documents.
+Include You can include \SpecialChar LyX
+- and \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-documents.
When you press the
\family sans
Edit
\family sans
Child Document
\family default
- dialog, the included document will be opened in LyX in a new file tab so
- that you can modify it.
+ dialog, the included document will be opened in \SpecialChar LyX
+ in a new file tab so that
+ you can modify it.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:External-Subsection-1"
+reference "subsec:External-Subsection-1"
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- If you have included a LyX- or LaTeX-file, you are warned when you export/view
+ If you have included a \SpecialChar LyX
+- or \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-file, you are warned when you export/view
the document in case the child document uses another document class than
the master document as this will lead to unexpected outputs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Input This method is very similar to the Include method.
The differences are:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Input files can be previewed in LyX when
+Input files can be previewed in \SpecialChar LyX
+ when
\family sans
Instant
\begin_inset space ~
Preview
\family default
- is enabled in LyX's preferences under
+ is enabled in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s preferences under
\family sans
Look
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+feel\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphics
\family default
.
\begin_layout Itemize
You cannot exclude Input files via the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Child Documents
\family default
.
for every space character in the source code.
The difference from the method via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Text
\family default
- is that the document content is not shown in LyX.
+ is that the document content is not shown in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note:
\series default
Including the same document twice in a document using different methods
- could cause LaTeX-problems.
+ could cause \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-problems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
from the output.
This is done via the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Child Documents
\family default
.
- You can exclude\SpecialChar \slash{}
+ You can exclude\SpecialChar breakableslash
include children by double-clicking on the
\family sans
include to output
\family sans
Maintain counters and references
\family default
- is enabled, LyX will assure that all page numbers, references etc.
+ is enabled, \SpecialChar LyX
+ will assure that all page numbers, references etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
are correct as if the whole document was processed.
This is useful if you want the selected sub-documents to look exactly as
in the context of the whole document.
- However, LyX needs to process the whole document in the background for
- this feature.
+ However, \SpecialChar LyX
+ needs to process the whole document in the background for this
+ feature.
So if you want to save compile time and if counters and references do not
need to be correct, disable this checkbox.
\end_layout
\emph on
Branches
\emph default
- of the LyX
+ of the \SpecialChar LyX
+
\emph on
Userguide
\emph default
\end_inset
- By enabling\SpecialChar \slash{}
+ By enabling\SpecialChar breakableslash
disabling branches you can decide which included files will
appear in the output.
This has the advantage that it also works with Input'ed sub-documents.
\family default
inset that can be inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Program Listing
\family default
.
- The LaTeX-package
+ The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
listings
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! listings
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can add captions to listings with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Caption
\family default
.
A list of listings which contains all listings with captions can be created
via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
List of Listings
\family default
.
font probably doesn't provide a bold shape.
In this case select a different one in the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Fonts
\family default
.
It is also possible to print lines from a file as listing.
To do this, use the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Child Document
\family default
and choose the type
field of the child document dialog.
The label can then be referenced using the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-15 of this LyX file are listed.
+15 of this \SpecialChar LyX
+ file are listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Global listings settings can be set in the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Listings
\family default
dialog.
\begin_layout Chapter
\start_of_appendix
-Units available in LyX
+Units available in \SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
- explains all units available in LyX.
+ explains all units available in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to DVI by using the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
DVI
\family default
.
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
+If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
PSTricks
\end_inset
).
- As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
- to convert images in the background to EPS.
+ As \SpecialChar LyX
+ allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has to
+ convert images in the background to EPS.
If you have e.g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-images in your document, LyX has to do 50
+images in your document, \SpecialChar LyX
+ has to do 50
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
conversions whenever you view or export your document.
- This will slow down your work flow with LyX drastically.
+ This will slow down your work flow with \SpecialChar LyX
+ drastically.
So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
EPS to avoid this problem.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
Postscript
\family default
.
\end_inset
).
- Nevertheless you can use any other image format, because LyX converts them
+ Nevertheless you can use any other image format, because \SpecialChar LyX
+ converts them
in the background to one of these formats.
But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
will slow down your work flow.
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to PDF via the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export
\family default
in three different ways:
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\backslash
tabcolsep
\series default
- is the LaTeX-length between the cell text and the cell border (its default
- value is 6
+ is the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-length between the cell text and the cell border (its default value
+ is 6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
\emph on
-The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
+The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Companion Second Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2004
Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
Daly:
\emph on
-A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
+A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Fourth Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2003
Leslie Lamport:
\emph on
-LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+: A Document Preparation System.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! arydshln
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! arydshln
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! booktabs
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! booktabs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! diagbox
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! diagbox
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! endfloat
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! endfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! footmisc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! footmisc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! lettrine
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! lettrine
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! listings
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! marginnote
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! marginnote
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! pdfpages
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! pdfpages
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Web page of the LaTeX-package
+Web page of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! PSTricks
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! PSTricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation of the LaTeX-package
+Documentation of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! sidecap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages ! sidecap
\end_layout
\end_inset
about new features in
\family sans
-LyX 2.0
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ 2.0
\family default
.
\end_layout
--- /dev/null
+Modified:
+
+- sec. 2.2: (Japanese only) added a sentence
+- sec. 5.2.3: 2 changed sentences
+- sec. 5.7: complete revision
+
+
+TODO:
+- sec xx:
-#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 474
+#LyX 2.2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 495
\begin_document
\begin_header
+\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/de/
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
% wenn pdflatex benutzt wird:
% wird bei farbigen Tabellen benutzt
\@ifundefined{textcolor}
{\usepackage{color}}{}
-\definecolor{dunkelgruen}{cmyk}{0.5, 0, 1, 0}
+\definecolor{dunkelgruen}{cmyk}{0.5, 0, 1, 0.5}
\definecolor{hellgrau}{gray}{0.8}
% testen ob paket colortbl installiert ist
\setboolean{colortbl}{true}}
{\setboolean{colortbl}{false}}
-% wird bei farbigen Tabellenzeilen benutzt
-\usepackage[table]{xcolor}
-
% wird benutzt, um Tabellenzellen zu vergrößern
\@ifundefined{extrarowheight}
{\usepackage{array}}{}
% Damit der Index den Namen "Stichwortverzeichnis" erhält
\addto\captionsngerman{\renewcommand{\indexname}{Stichwortverzeichnis}}
\end_preamble
-\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading,usenames,dvipsnames
+\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading,usenames,dvipsnames,table
\use_default_options false
\begin_modules
initials
\begin_body
\begin_layout Title
-Das LyX-Handbuch der Einfügungen:
+Das \SpecialChar LyX
+-Handbuch der Einfügungen:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
-vom LyX Team
+vom \SpecialChar LyX
+ Team
\begin_inset Foot
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Um alle Teile diese Handbuches als DVI, HTML, PDF, PostScript oder RTF exportier
-en zu können oder es auszudrucken, benötigen Sie die LaTeX-Pakte
+en zu können oder es auszudrucken, benötigen Sie die \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakte
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\series bold
-http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#EmbeddedObjects
+http://wiki.lyx.org/\SpecialChar LyX
+/DocumentationDevelopment#EmbeddedObjects
\end_layout
\end_inset
in der Werkzeugleiste oder wählen das Menü
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Grafik
\family default
.
\family default
drehen.
Negative Winkel drehen im Uhrzeigersinn.
- Die Abbildung wird auch in LyX gedreht.
+ Die Abbildung wird auch in \SpecialChar LyX
+ gedreht.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family default
auswählen, können Abbildungen mit einem Programm ihrer Wahl zum Bearbeiten
öffnen.
- Das Programm kann für jedes Bildformat in den LyX-Einstellungen unter
+ Das Programm kann für jedes Bildformat in den \SpecialChar LyX
+-Einstellungen unter
\family sans
-Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Datei-Handhabung\SpecialChar menuseparator
Dateiformate
\family default
festgelegt werden.
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
-LaTeX-
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX-Optionen
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Optionen
\family default
- Hier können Sie das Aussehen einer Abbildung innerhalb von LyX ändern und
- LaTeX-Experten können weitere LaTeX-Optionen definieren.
+ Hier können Sie das Aussehen einer Abbildung innerhalb von \SpecialChar LyX
+ ändern und
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Experten können weitere \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Optionen definieren.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
x.eps.gz
\emph default
.
- LaTeX kann so mit ihnen umgehen.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ kann so mit ihnen umgehen.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
-, die LaTeX für gepackte Abbildungen benötigt.
+, die \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ für gepackte Abbildungen benötigt.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
in einem eigenen Absatz:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
Hier ist dieselbe Abbildung, aber im Entwurfsmodus gedruckt:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
klicken oder
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleit\SpecialChar \-
-objekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gleit\SpecialChar softhyphen
+objekt\SpecialChar menuseparator
Abbildung
\family default
wählen, erhalten Sie einen leeren roten Rahmen ohne Abbildung.
sind Beispiele für Abbildungen, auf die verwiesen werden kann.
Dafür fügen Sie in der Beschriftung mit
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Marke
\family default
oder durch Klicken auf
eine Marke ein.
Auf diese können Sie dann wie gewohnt mit
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Querverweis
\family default
oder durch Klicken auf
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- zu benutzen, weil LaTeX die Abbildung dort platzieren wird, wo es sinnvoll
- erscheint, und das muss nicht
+ zu benutzen, weil \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ die Abbildung dort platzieren wird, wo es sinnvoll erscheint
+, und das muss nicht
\emph on
oben
\emph default
\end_inset
beschrieben, erlaubt jedes Ausgabeformat nur ein paar Bildformate.
- LyX benutzt im Hintergrund das Programm
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ benutzt im Hintergrund das Programm
\family typewriter
ImageMagick
\family default
oder das Menü
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Tabelle
\family default
einfügen.
Das wird dadurch erreicht, dass die erste Zeile eine Linie unterhalb und
die zweite Zeile eine Linie oberhalb haben.
Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
ist, geändert werden können.
Das Kontextmenü
\family sans
-Mehr\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Mehr\SpecialChar menuseparator
Einstellungen
\family default
öffnet den Tabellen-Dialog wo weitere Einstellungen vorgenommen werden
Weiterhin können Sie eine Zelle, eine Auswahl oder die gesamte Tabelle gegen
den Uhrzeigersinn um 90° drehen.
- LyX zeigt diese Drehung nur in der Ausgabe.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ zeigt diese Drehung nur in der Ausgabe.
Für weitere Informationen siehe Abschnitt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Zeile mit Tabellen mit verschiedenen Ausrichtungen:
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="top">
+<features tabularvalignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="bottom">
+<features tabularvalignment="bottom">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Man kann auch ein LaTeX-Argument für besondere Tabellen-Formatierun\SpecialChar \-
+Man kann auch ein \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Argument für besondere Tabellen-Formatierun\SpecialChar softhyphen
gen einfügen,
wie in den Abschnitten
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
\family default
, wenn man Tabellen-Einstellungen schneller ändern möchte.
Wenn der Cursor in einer Tabelle steht, erscheint sie am unteren Rand des
- LyX-Fensters.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+-Fensters.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_layout Standard
Gleitende Tabellen können über
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar menuseparator
Tabelle
\family default
oder einen Klick auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf
\begin_layout Standard
Normalerweise steht die Tabellenbeschriftung über einer Tabelle, aber unglücklic
-herweise wird das von LaTeX Standard-Klassen nicht unterstützt.
+herweise wird das von \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Standard-Klassen nicht unterstützt.
Das bedeutet, dass bei den Klassen
\family sans
article
report
\family default
kein Abstand zwischen dem Titel und der Tabelle sein wird.
- Um den einzufügen, können Sie zum Ladebefehl des LaTeX-Paketes
+ Um den einzufügen, können Sie zum Ladebefehl des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paketes
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
- im LaTeX-Vorspann Ihres Dokuments folgende Option einfügen:
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann Ihres Dokuments folgende Option einfügen:
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
Auf Tabellen kann über ihre Marke verwiesen werden.
Dafür fügen Sie in der Beschriftung mit
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Marke
\family default
oder durch Klicken auf
eine Marke ein.
Auf diese können Sie dann wie gewohnt mit
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Querverweis
\family default
oder durch Klicken auf
\begin_layout Standard
Hier ist ein Beispiel einer langen Tabelle:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\series bold
wird fortgesetzt
\series default
- \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ \SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\backslash
LTright
\series default
- geändert werden, indem diese Zeile als TeX-Code vor die lange Tabelle eingefügt
+ geändert werden, indem diese Zeile als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code vor die lange Tabelle eingefügt
wird:
\end_layout
fill
\series default
, was in diesem Fall gleichbedeutend mit einem variablen horizontalen Abstand
- in LyX ist.
+ in \SpecialChar LyX
+ ist.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
2.1 im Tabellenverzeichnis folgt, wenn dazwischen zwei lange Tabellen ohne
Beschriftung sind.
Um das zu vermeiden, können Sie hinter jede lange Tabelle ohne Titel folgenden
- LaTeX-Befehl als TeX-Code einfügen:
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Befehl als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code einfügen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Das ist nicht notwendig, wenn keine der langen Tabellen im Dokument eine
- Beschriftung hat und Sie diesen Code zum LaTeX-Vorspann hinzufügen:
+ Beschriftung hat und Sie diesen Code zum \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann hinzufügen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Mit dem LaTeX-Paket
+Mit dem \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
cm).
- Um das zu ändern, können Sie entweder im LaTeX-Vorspann oder als TeX-Code
- vor der betreffenden Tabelle folgenden Befehl einsetzen:
+ Um das zu ändern, können Sie entweder im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann oder als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code vor der
+ betreffenden Tabelle folgenden Befehl einsetzen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\series bold
Achtung:
\series default
- Wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+ Wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Zoll verwenden oder den LaTeX-Befehl
+Zoll verwenden oder den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
ist ein Beispiel für eine lange Tabelle mit unterschiedlichen Titeln und
ohne Tabellennummer auf der zweiten Seite.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="59" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-wird fortgesetzt\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+wird fortgesetzt\SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX berechnet die Länge von Tabellenseiten und die Seitenumbrüche mit
- so genannten
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ berechnet die Länge von Tabellenseiten und die Seitenumbrüche mit so genannten
+
\emph on
chunks
\emph default
(Brocken).
- Chunks sind Tabellenteile, die LaTeX gleichzeitig im Speicher hält.
+ Chunks sind Tabellenteile, die \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ gleichzeitig im Speicher hält.
Aus historischen Gründen wurde der Standardwert auf 20 Tabellenzeilen gesetzt.
Wenn Sie Tabellen benutzen, die über mehrere Seiten gehen, verlangsamt
das die Druckausgabe.
Sie können also die Chunkgröße ohne Gefahr auf Werte zwischen 100-1000
- setzen, indem Sie in den LaTeX-Vorspann Ihres Dokumentes folgende Zeile
- einfügen:
+ setzen, indem Sie in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann Ihres Dokumentes folgende Zeile einfügen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
einen manuellen Seitenumbruch
\family sans
- Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatierung\SpecialChar menuseparator
[Doppel]Seite
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- für eine neue Zeile als TeX-Code an der Stelle in der Zelle ein, wo umgebrochen
+ für eine neue Zeile als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code an der Stelle in der Zelle ein, wo umgebrochen
werden kann.
Vor dem
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- als TeX-Code einfügen wie noch Spalten in der Zeile folgen.
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code einfügen wie noch Spalten in der Zeile folgen.
Mit
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- werden in LaTeX Tabellenzellen getrennt.
+ werden in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Tabellenzellen getrennt.
Hinter jedes
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- schreiben Sie ebenfalls in TeX-Code den Inhalt der entsprechenden Zelle
- und löschen den Inhalt dieser Zellen.
+ schreiben Sie ebenfalls in \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code den Inhalt der entsprechenden Zelle und
+ löschen den Inhalt dieser Zellen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- als TeX-Code einfügen wie Spalten vor der momentanen Spalte sind.
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code einfügen wie Spalten vor der momentanen Spalte sind.
In Tabelle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Wenn die Zelle, die umgebrochen werden soll, in der letzten Spalte steht,
- muss folgender Befehl als TeX-Code am Anfang der Zelle eingefügt werden:
+ muss folgender Befehl als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code am Anfang der Zelle eingefügt werden:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Damit wird sichergestellt, dass der Teil auf der neuen Seite in voller Breite
erscheint.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="38" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-wird fortgesetzt\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+wird fortgesetzt\SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paolo, 11.
- Fürst von Monte\SpecialChar \-
-com\SpecialChar \-
+ Fürst von Monte\SpecialChar softhyphen
+com\SpecialChar softhyphen
patri, 11.
Fürst von Sulmona und Vivaro, 10.
Fürst von Rossano, 5.
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0.5cm">
\begin_layout Standard
Wenn Sie in einer Zelle mit fester Breite als erstes ein sehr langes Wort
- haben, kann LaTeX es ohne Trennhilfen nicht trennen.
- Wenn Sie LaTeX trotzdem die Trennung überlassen wollen, müssen Sie vor
- dem Wort etwas einfügen, damit es nicht wie der erste Eintrag aussieht.
+ haben, kann \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ es ohne Trennhilfen nicht trennen.
+ Wenn Sie \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ trotzdem die Trennung überlassen wollen, müssen Sie vor dem Wort
+ etwas einfügen, damit es nicht wie der erste Eintrag aussieht.
Fügen sie daher 0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0.5cm">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0.5cm">
in der Werkzeugleiste, das Menü
\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tabelle\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bearbeiten\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Tabelle\SpecialChar menuseparator
Mehrfachspalte
\family default
, oder klicken Sie rechts auf die markierten Zellen und wählen im Kontextmenü
Das bedeutet, dass sie sich nur auf die Mehrfachspalte auswirken.
Hier ist ein Beispiel mit einer Mehrfachspalte in der ersten Zeile und
einer in der letzten Zeile, bei der die obere Linie weggelassen wurde:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX unterstützt Mehrfachspalten direkt, aber wir müssen die Breite der neuen
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ unterstützt Mehrfachspalten direkt, aber wir müssen die Breite der neuen
Zellen beachten.
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" special=">{\centering}m{1.25cm-6.2pt}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dies ist eine Mehrfach\SpecialChar \-
+Dies ist eine Mehrfach\SpecialChar softhyphen
spalten-Zelle
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="1.25cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dies ist auch eine Mehr\SpecialChar \-
-fach\SpecialChar \-
+Dies ist auch eine Mehr\SpecialChar softhyphen
+fach\SpecialChar softhyphen
spalten-Zelle
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Damit LaTeX rechnen kann, muss das Paket
+Damit \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ rechnen kann, muss das Paket
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX erlaubt im
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ erlaubt im
\family sans
Breite
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie ein LaTeX-Argument eingeben, werden alle anderen Einstellungen
- für diese Zelle überschrieben.
+Wenn Sie ein \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Argument eingeben, werden alle anderen Einstellungen für diese
+ Zelle überschrieben.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Bemerkung:
\series default
- Wegen eines Fehlers in LyX werden die überschriebenen Einstellungen dennoch
+ Wegen eines Fehlers in \SpecialChar LyX
+ werden die überschriebenen Einstellungen dennoch
angezeigt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Obwohl wir eine zentrierte Ausrichtung für die Mehrfachspalte festgelegt
- haben, ist der Text noch immer linksbündig, weil LyX Ausrichtungen nur
- für einzelne Spalten anwendet.
- Deswegen musste für die Mehrfachspalte folgendes LaTeX-Argument benutzt
- werden:
+ haben, ist der Text noch immer linksbündig, weil \SpecialChar LyX
+ Ausrichtungen nur für
+ einzelne Spalten anwendet.
+ Deswegen musste für die Mehrfachspalte folgendes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Argument benutzt werden:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
in der Werkzeugleiste, das Menü
\family sans
-Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tabelle\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bearbeiten\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Tabelle\SpecialChar menuseparator
Mehrfachzeile
\family default
, oder klicken Sie rechts auf die markierten Zellen und wählen im Kontextmenü
\begin_layout Standard
Hier ist eine Beispieltabelle mit einer Mehrfachzeile in der ersten Spalte:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-im LaTeX-Vorspann.
+im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann.
Es werden dann die Inhalte aller Mehrfachzeilen-Zellen des Dokuments zentriert.
Wenn diese Ausrichtung nur für einige Tabellen gelten soll, kann der Befehl
- auch mittels TeX-Code vor der jeweiligen Tabelle, statt im LaTeX-Vorspann,
- erneuert werden.
+ auch mittels \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code vor der jeweiligen Tabelle, statt im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann, erneuert
+ werden.
Für rechtsbündigen Text ersetzt man
\series bold
\end_inset
cm breiten Spalte befindet:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\family default
) verwenden.
Dieser respektiert jedoch nicht die Tabellenlinien, wie diese Tabelle zeigt:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="2cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
Um dem Leser mitzuteilen, was die Spalten und Zeilenüberschriften in einer
Tabelle bedeuten, ist es hilfreich, die erste Zelle der Tabelle mit einer
oder zwei diagonalen Linien zu teilen.
- Dies kann erreicht werden, indem man das LaTeX-Paket
+ Dies kann erreicht werden, indem man das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! diagbox
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! diagbox
\end_layout
\end_inset
- im LaTeX-Vorspann lädt.
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann lädt.
Das Paket stellt den Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
diagbox
\series default
- zur Verfügung, der als TeX-Code eingefügt wird und 2 oder 3
+ zur Verfügung, der als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code eingefügt wird und 2 oder 3
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\noindent
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_inset
B: für Kreuztabellen von Sportligen oder Entfernungen nützlich:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Für größere Kreuztabellen möchte man vielleicht geteilte Zellen in 2 oder
jeder Ecke der Tabelle verwenden, wie in diesem Beispiel:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
Die benötigte Breite von geteilten Zellen wird automatisch berechnet.
Wenn Sie eine feste Breite für die Spalte setzen, die kleiner als die berechnet
e ist, ragt der Inhalt über die Zelle hinaus:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\series default
durchgeführt werden, so dass man eine neue Länge erstellen muss, die man
später verwenden kann.
- Dies wird mit den TeX-Code Befehlen
+ Dies wird mit den \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code Befehlen
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um Berechnungen in LaTeX zu aktivieren, muss das Paket
+Um Berechnungen in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ zu aktivieren, muss das Paket
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
- im LaTeX-Vorspann geladen werden.
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann geladen werden.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
in der ersten Zelle verwenden:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
muss.
Ansonsten kann die Länge der diagonalen Linie nicht richtig berechnet werden,
wie in in dieser Tabelle:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\end_inset
cm verwendet:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie müssen das LaTeX-Paket
+Sie müssen das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Für mehr Informationen über das LaTeX-Paket
+Für mehr Informationen über das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-räumliche Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+räumliche Auf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
lösung in µm
\end_layout
\end_inset
-LSF räumliche Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+LSF räumliche Auf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
lösung
\end_layout
\family default
des
\family sans
-Tabellen-Ein\SpecialChar \-
-stel\SpecialChar \-
-lun\SpecialChar \-
+Tabellen-Ein\SpecialChar softhyphen
+stel\SpecialChar softhyphen
+lun\SpecialChar softhyphen
gen
\family default
-Dialogs hinzugefügt werden, wie in Abschnitt
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Standarddicken können im LaTeX-Vorspann geändert werden:
+Die Standarddicken können im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann geändert werden:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Linien, die nicht über alle Spalten der Tabelle gehen, erhalten Sie durch
eine Linie unter einer Mehrfachspalte.
- LyX wird intern den Befehl
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ wird intern den Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
\backslash
cmidrule
\series default
--Optionen werden (noch) nicht von LyX unterstützt, also müssen Sie TeX-Code
- benutzen.
+-Optionen werden (noch) nicht von \SpecialChar LyX
+ unterstützt, also müssen Sie \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code benutzen.
\series bold
\backslash
cmidrule
\series default
- kann man benutzen, indem man den Befehl als TeX-Code als erstes in die
- erste Zelle einer Zeile einfügt.
+ kann man benutzen, indem man den Befehl als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code als erstes in die erste
+ Zelle einer Zeile einfügt.
Die Linie wird dann über der Zeile gedruckt.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Handbuch des LaTeX-Pakets
+Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Handbuch des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
booktabs
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! booktabs
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! booktabs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-räumliche Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+räumliche Auf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
lösung in µm
\end_layout
\end_inset
-LSF-räumliche Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+LSF-räumliche Auf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
lösung
\end_layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\series bold
}
\series default
- als TeX-Code eingefügt, weil der obige Befehl mit
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code eingefügt, weil der obige Befehl mit
\series bold
{
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_inset
gemacht wurde.
- In anderen Fällen müssen Sie das LaTeX-Paket
+ In anderen Fällen müssen Sie das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
- im LaTeX-Vorspann geladen werden:
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann geladen werden:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Im LaTeX-Vorspann können Sie zum Beispiel die Farbe
+Im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann können Sie zum Beispiel die Farbe
\emph on
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Beide Befehle werden am Anfang einer Zelle als TeX-Code eingegeben.
+Beide Befehle werden am Anfang einer Zelle als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code eingegeben.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Textstil
\family default
-Dialog.
- Wenn die Zelle aber TeX-Code zum Färben enthält,
+ Wenn die Zelle aber \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code zum Färben enthält,
\emph on
markieren Sie nur den Text
\emph default
-, sonst werden Sie LaTeX-Fehler erzeugen.
+, sonst werden Sie \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Fehler erzeugen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
schreiben.
- Die erste Zeile soll türkis hinterlegt sein, deshalb wurde der TeX-Code-Befehl
+ Die erste Zeile soll türkis hinterlegt sein, deshalb wurde der \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-Befehl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special=">{\columncolor{dunkelgruen}\centering}c">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie müssen das LaTeX-Paket
+Sie müssen das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
Für den Fall dass jede zweite Tabellenzeile gefärbt werden soll, gibt es
eine Alternative zur im vorhergehenden Abschnitt beschriebenen Methode:
- Man lädt das LaTeX-Paket
+ Man lädt das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
xcolor
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! xcolor
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! xcolor
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
- im LaTeX-Vorspann mit dem Befehl
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann mit dem Befehl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
xcolor
\series default
- lädt automatisch auch das LaTeX-Paket
+ lädt automatisch auch das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
- in Ihrer LaTeX-Distribution installiert sein muss, ansonsten bekommt man
- LaTeX-Fehler.
+ in Ihrer \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Distribution installiert sein muss, ansonsten bekommt man \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Fehler.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-eingefärbt, der entweder in den LaTeX-Vorspann oder als TeX-Code vor der
- ersten zu färbenden Tabelle eingefügt wird.
+eingefärbt, der entweder in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann oder als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code vor der ersten
+ zu färbenden Tabelle eingefügt wird.
Zeilennummer ist die Nummer der ersten Zeile, die entsprechend der ungeraden
Zeilenfarbe gefärbt werden soll.
Befehle können zusätzliche Befehle sein, die vor jeder Tabellenzeile ausgeführt
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie müssen das LaTeX-Paket
+Sie müssen das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um die vertikalen Linien für dieses Beispiel grün zu färben, wurde im LaTeX-Vors
-pann folgendes Spaltenformat entsprechend der Beschreibung in Abschnitt
+Um die vertikalen Linien für dieses Beispiel grün zu färben, wurde im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann
+ folgendes Spaltenformat entsprechend der Beschreibung in Abschnitt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
- wurde das LaTeX-Argument
+ wurde das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Argument
\series bold
WcW
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="WcW">
\end_inset
-, müssen Sie folgenden Befehl als TeX-Code vor der (Gleitobjekt-)Tabelle
- einfügen:
+, müssen Sie folgenden Befehl als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code vor der (Gleitobjekt-)Tabelle einfügen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
Um die schwarze Linienfarbe zurückzubekommen, müssen Sie folgenden Befehl
- als TeX-Code hinter der Tabelle einfügen:
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code hinter der Tabelle einfügen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="WcW">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
(die der Inhalt der Spalte belegen kann) plus zweimal den Abstand zwischen
- Spalteninhalt und dem Rand der Spalte (LaTeX-Länge
+ Spalteninhalt und dem Rand der Spalte (\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Länge
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt) plus die Breite einer Tabellenlinie (LaTeX-Länge
+pt) plus die Breite einer Tabellenlinie (\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Länge
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_layout Standard
Die verfügbare Breite für eine Tabelle ist der Raum zwischen den Seitenrändern
- oder die Breite einer Textspalte (für ein zweispaltiges Dokument) (LaTeX-Länge
+ oder die Breite einer Textspalte (für ein zweispaltiges Dokument) (\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Länge
\series bold
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um Berechnungen ausführen zu können, muss das LaTeX-Paket
+Um Berechnungen ausführen zu können, muss das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
- im LaTeX-Vorspann geladen werden.
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann geladen werden.
Um die Breite im Tabellendialog anzugeben, muss das Feld
\family sans
-LaTeX-Argument
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Argument
\family default
verwendet werden.
Das Befehlsschema für dieses Feld ist dasselbe, das in Abschnitt
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="20col%" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}*\real{0.75}}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="20col%" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}}">
\end_inset
- fügt LyX standardmäßig 0.5
+ fügt \SpecialChar LyX
+ standardmäßig 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\end_inset
Zeile fügt unterhalb des Zeileninhalts zusätzlichen Leerraum ein.
- Bei einer formalen Tabelle fügt LyX standardmäßig 0.5
+ Bei einer formalen Tabelle fügt \SpecialChar LyX
+ standardmäßig 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
Zeilen fügt zwischen zwei Zeilen zusätzlichen Leerraum ein.
- Bei einer formalen Tabelle fügt LyX standardmäßig 0.5
+ Bei einer formalen Tabelle fügt \SpecialChar LyX
+ standardmäßig 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\end_inset
Wenn Sie die Höhe aller Zellen vergrößern wollen, können Sie das mit folgenden
- Befehlen im LaTeX-Vorspann machen:
+ Befehlen im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann machen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
array
\series default
- wird automatisch von LyX geladen, wenn Sie selbst definierte Tabellenformate
+ wird automatisch von \SpecialChar LyX
+ geladen, wenn Sie selbst definierte Tabellenformate
verwenden.
Der Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
strut
\series default
- als TeX-Code am Anfang einer Tabellenzeile einfügt.
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code am Anfang einer Tabellenzeile einfügt.
Tabelle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="decimal" decimal_point="," valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{}l">
<row>
Die zweite Spalte ist linksbündig ausgerichtet und enthält den Rest.
Ein kleiner Leerraum wurde zu Beginn jeder Zelle der zweiten Spalte eingefügt,
um den üblichen Leerraum um einen Operator zu erhalten.
- Um den Raum zwischen den beiden Spalten zu löschen, wurde im LaTeX-Argument
+ Um den Raum zwischen den beiden Spalten zu löschen, wurde im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Argument
für die zweite Spalte folgendes eingefügt:
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="6">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" special="@{}l">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
die gewünschte Breite von Spalten berechnen muss, ist das bei mehreren
Tabellen sehr lästig.
- Um sich das Leben zu erleichtern, kann man im LaTeX-Vorspann ein Zellen/Spalten
--Format definieren, das dann in allen Tabellen des Dokuments verwendet werden
+ Um sich das Leben zu erleichtern, kann man im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann ein Zellen/Spalten-Form
+at definieren, das dann in allen Tabellen des Dokuments verwendet werden
kann.
Das Format wird mit dem Befehl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
im
\family sans
-LaTeX-Argument
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Argument
\family default
im Tabellen-Einstellungen-Dialog eine Mehrfachspalte definieren.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Jetzt können Sie im
\family sans
-LaTeX-Argument
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Argument
\family default
im
\family sans
zentriert ist.
Jetzt können Sie als
\family sans
-LaTeX-Argument
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Argument
\family default
folgendes einfügen:
\end_layout
wurden folgende
\family sans
-LaTeX-Argumente
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Argumente
\family default
benutzt:
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm" special="M{2.5cm}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" special="S{2.5cm}{2}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-als TeX-Code vor der (Gleitobjekt-)Tabelle ein.
+als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code vor der (Gleitobjekt-)Tabelle ein.
Die geänderte Liniendicke gilt für alle folgenden Tabellen.
Mit
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_inset
-, müssen Sie folgende Befehle als TeX-Code vor der (Gleitobjekt-)Tabelle
- einfügen:
+, müssen Sie folgende Befehle als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code vor der (Gleitobjekt-)Tabelle einfügen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Standarddicke erhalten Sie mit folgendem Befehl als TeX-Code hinter
- der (Gleit\SpecialChar \-
+Die Standarddicke erhalten Sie mit folgendem Befehl als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code hinter der
+ (Gleit\SpecialChar softhyphen
objekt-)Tabelle zurück:
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt nur für vertikale Linien zu bekommen, müssen Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann folgendes
+pt nur für vertikale Linien zu bekommen, müssen Sie im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann folgendes
Spaltenformat entsprechend der Beschreibung in Abschnitt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Vc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Vc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="VcV">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special=":c">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX unterstützt von sich aus keine gestrichelten Linien, also müssen Sie
- TeX-Code benutzen.
- Zunächst müssen Sie das LaTeX-Paket
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ unterstützt von sich aus keine gestrichelten Linien, also müssen Sie \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code
+ benutzen.
+ Zunächst müssen Sie das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! arydshln
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! arydshln
\end_layout
\end_inset
- im LaTeX-Vorspann laden:
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann laden:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-als TeX-Code als erstes in die erste Zelle einer Zeile einfügen.
+als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code als erstes in die erste Zelle einer Zeile einfügen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-als TeX-Code als erstes in die erste Zelle einer Zeile eingefügt.
+als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code als erstes in die erste Zelle einer Zeile eingefügt.
Wenn Sie z.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\columncolor{dunkelgruen}\centering}c">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=":c">
\begin_layout Standard
Um die schwarze Linienfarbe zurückzubekommen, muss man folgende Befehle
- als TeX-Code hinter der Tabelle einfügen:
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code hinter der Tabelle einfügen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-als TeX-Code vor der Tabelle verwenden.
+als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code vor der Tabelle verwenden.
Farbe ist hierbei der Name einer definierten Farbe.
Der Befehl
\end_layout
\color none
Achtung:
\series default
- Das LaTeX-Paket
+ Das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
- muss im LaTeX-Vorspann nach dem LaTeX-Paket
+ muss im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann nach dem \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sie müssen das LaTeX-Paket
+Sie müssen das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
Gleitobjekte ermöglichen eine hochwertige Gestaltung.
Abbildungen und Tabellen können gleichmäßig auf Seiten verteilt werden,
um weiße Flächen und Seiten ohne Text zu vermeiden.
- Weil das Gleiten oft den Kontext zwischen Text und Abbildung/Tabelle auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+ Weil das Gleiten oft den Kontext zwischen Text und Abbildung/Tabelle auf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
löst,
kann im Text auf ein Gleitobjekt verwiesen werden.
Gleitobjekte sind deshalb nummeriert.
\begin_layout Standard
Ein Gleitobjekt wird mit
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Algorithmus/Abbildung/Ta\SpecialChar \-
-belle/Um\SpecialChar \-
-flos\SpecialChar \-
-se\SpecialChar \-
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Algorithmus/Abbildung/Ta\SpecialChar softhyphen
+belle/Um\SpecialChar softhyphen
+flos\SpecialChar softhyphen
+se\SpecialChar softhyphen
nes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
das Ihnen sagt, um was für ein Gleitobjekt es sich handelt, und ein rot
umrandetes Kästchen mit einer nummerierten Marke (Algorithmus/Abbildung/Tabelle
#:).
- Statt # sehen Sie die von LyX vergebene Nummer.
+ Statt # sehen Sie die von \SpecialChar LyX
+ vergebene Nummer.
In das schmale Feld nach der Marke können Sie den Titel schreiben.
Algorithmus, Abbildung oder Tabelle werden ober- oder unterhalb des Titels
eingefügt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um mögliche LaTeX-Fehler durch umgebenden Text zu vermeiden, wird empfohlen,
+Um mögliche \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Fehler durch umgebenden Text zu vermeiden, wird empfohlen,
Gleitobjekte in einem eigenen Absatz einzufügen.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "uab:Gleitobjekt-Algorithmen"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Dieser Typ wird mit
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar menuseparator
Algorithmus
\family default
eingefügt.
.
Eine mögliche Absatz-Umgebung hier für ist
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
\family default
, beschrieben im
\emph on
\emph on
Algorithmus
\emph default
- dort stehen, müssen Sie folgendes in den LaTeX-Vorspann schreiben:
+ dort stehen, müssen Sie folgendes in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann schreiben:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Um das Algorithmenverzeichnis einzufügen, kann für Dokumente, die dieselbe
- Sprache wie die LyX Menünamen haben, das Menü
+ Sprache wie die \SpecialChar LyX
+ Menünamen haben, das Menü
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Liste
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar menuseparator
Algorithmenverzeichnis
\family default
verwendet werden.
- Für Dokumente in anderen Sprachen muss stattdessen dieser Befehl als TeX-Code
+ Für Dokumente in anderen Sprachen muss stattdessen dieser Befehl als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code
eingefügt werden:
\end_layout
\end_inset
nummeriert.
- Um das zu erreichen, müssen Sie folgenden Befehl in den LaTeX-Vorspann
- einfügen:
+ Um das zu erreichen, müssen Sie folgenden Befehl in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann einfügen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Um das Aussehen der unabhängigen Nummer zu ändern, müssen Sie folgendes
- in den LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen:
+ in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann einfügen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-Unterabschnittsnummer.Num\SpecialChar \-
+Unterabschnittsnummer.Num\SpecialChar softhyphen
mer
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- zu ändern, setzen Sie folgendes in den LaTeX-Vorspann:
+ zu ändern, setzen Sie folgendes in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Zunächst müssen Sie mit
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Marke
\family default
oder einen Klick auf
Marke
\family default
oder übernehmen den vorgeschlagenen.
- Die Marke sieht in LyX dann so aus:
+ Die Marke sieht in \SpecialChar LyX
+ dann so aus:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Die Marke wird als Anker und Name für den Querverweis benutzt.
Mit
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Querverweis
\family default
oder einen Klick auf
\end_inset
können Sie dann auf die Marke verweisen.
- Als Querverweis wird in LyX ein graues Kästchen wie zum Beispiel dieses
- angezeigt:
+ Als Querverweis wird in \SpecialChar LyX
+ ein graues Kästchen wie zum Beispiel dieses angezeigt:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Marken können Sie jederzeit durch einen Klick auf ihr Kästchen ändern.
- LyX passt die Querverweise automatisch an.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ passt die Querverweise automatisch an.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Bemerkung:
\series default
- Dies ist nur möglich, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+ Dies ist nur möglich, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
im Menü
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Dokumentklasse
\family default
- wählen, welches LaTeX-Paket für diesen Verweistyp verwendet wird.
+ wählen, welches \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket für diesen Verweistyp verwendet wird.
Das Format wird definiert, indem man den Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
newref
\series default
- (refstyle) in den LaTeX-Vorspann einfügt.
+ (refstyle) in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann einfügt.
Z.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Die Nummer und die aktuelle Seite des referenzierten Dokumentteils wird
- automatisch von LaTeX berechnet.
+ automatisch von \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ berechnet.
Die Stile können im Feld
\family sans
Format
\series bold
Bemerkung:
\series default
- Es wird empfohlen, das LaTeX-Paket
+ Es wird empfohlen, das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
- nicht alle möglichen LyX Marken-Kürzel
+ nicht alle möglichen \SpecialChar LyX
+ Marken-Kürzel
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\end_inset
B.
- LyXs Kürzel für Marken in Bildbeschriftungen.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+s Kürzel für Marken in Bildbeschriftungen.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Das LaTeX-Paket
+Das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
- und fügen diese Zeile in den LaTeX-Vorspann ein:
+ und fügen diese Zeile in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann ein:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
und Sie werden das Bild ohne Scrollen nicht sehen.
Das liegt daran, dass der Querverweis-Link an der Marken-Position verankert
ist.
- Wenn Sie das LaTeX-Paket
+ Wenn Sie das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
hypcap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! hypcap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! hypcap
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, das Teil des LaTeX-Pakets
+, das Teil des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
oberdiek
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! oberdiek
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! oberdiek
\end_layout
\end_inset
ist, benutzen, wird der Anker am Anfang des Gleitobjekts gesetzt.
- Aber natürlich müssen Sie auch hier das LaTeX-Paket
+ Aber natürlich müssen Sie auch hier das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
hypcap
\series default
- zunächst in den LaTeX-Vorspann laden:
+ zunächst in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann laden:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Einstellungen
\family default
-öffnet einen Dialog, in dem Sie die LaTeX-Optionen für die Gleitobjekt-Platzieru
-ng ändern können.
+öffnet einen Dialog, in dem Sie die \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Optionen für die Gleitobjekt-Platzierung
+ ändern können.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\backslash
topfraction
\series default
- im LaTeX-Vorspann überschrieben werden, zum Beispiel:
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann überschrieben werden, zum Beispiel:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\backslash
bottomfraction
\series default
- im LaTeX-Vorspann überschrieben werden, zum Beispiel setzt
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann überschrieben werden, zum Beispiel setzt
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\backslash
floatpagefraction
\series default
-im LaTeX-Vorspann überschrieben werden.
+im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann überschrieben werden.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\emph on
immer
\emph default
- von LaTeX verwendet.
- Das heißt wenn Sie die Standard-Platzierung verwenden, wird LaTeX zuerst
- versuchen
+ von \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ verwendet.
+ Das heißt wenn Sie die Standard-Platzierung verwenden, wird \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ zuerst versuchen
+
\family sans
Hier
\begin_inset space \space{}
Seite
\family default
und dann die anderen Optionen anzuwenden.
- Wenn Sie nicht die Standard-Platzierung verwenden, wird LaTeX nur die von
- Ihnen gewählten Optionen versuchen anzuwenden, aber immer in derselben
- Reihenfolge.
+ Wenn Sie nicht die Standard-Platzierung verwenden, wird \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ nur die von Ihnen
+ gewählten Optionen versuchen anzuwenden, aber immer in derselben Reihenfolge.
Wenn keine der 4 Platzierungen möglich sind, wird die Prozedur intern wiederhol
t, aber diesmal mit dem Ziel, das Gleitobjekt auf die nächste Seite zu setzen.
\end_layout
Manchmal wird ein Gleitobjekt am Seitenanfang platziert, während sein zugehörige
r Abschnitt erst auf der Seitenmitte beginnt, was den Eindruck erweckt,
das Gleitobjekt sei Teil des vorherigen Abschnitts.
- Das kann mit dem LaTeX-Befehl
+ Das kann mit dem \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
Er unterdrückt eine Gleitobjekt-Platzierung für die Seite, auf der er steht,
und sorgt so dafür, dass ein Gleitobjekt erst nach seiner Abschnitt-Überschrift
gesetzt wird.
- Dazu müssen Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann folgende Befehle einfügen:
+ Dazu müssen Sie im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann folgende Befehle einfügen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Dasselbe können Sie für alle Überschriften von Kapiteln, Abschnitten und
Unterabschnitten festlegen.
Für kleinere Teile wie Unterunterabschnitte wird es nicht empfohlen, weil
- LaTeX Probleme mit einem geeigneten Ort für das Gleitobjekt haben könnte.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Probleme mit einem geeigneten Ort für das Gleitobjekt haben könnte.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Es gibt auch noch das LaTeX-Paket
+Es gibt auch noch das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
flafter
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! flafter
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! flafter
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
Manchmal möchte man alle Abbildungen und Tabellen am Dokumentende haben.
- Dafür gibt es das LaTeX-Paket
+ Dafür gibt es das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
endfloat
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! endfloat
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! endfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
endfloat
\series default
--Paket wird mit folgendem Befehl in den LaTeX-Vorspann eingefügt:
+-Paket wird mit folgendem Befehl in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann eingefügt:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
ss
\series default
- als TeX-Code benutzen.
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code benutzen.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Weitere Einzelheiten über Gleitobjekt-Platzierung finden Sie in LaTeX-Büchern
+Weitere Einzelheiten über Gleitobjekt-Platzierung finden Sie in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Büchern
wie
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Legende
\family default
ist die Standard-Paragraf-Umgebung für Gleitobjekt-Beschriftungen.
- In LyX sehen Titel so aus:
+ In \SpecialChar LyX
+ sehen Titel so aus:
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\family sans
xyz
\family default
- die von LyX vergebene Nummer ist.
+ die von \SpecialChar LyX
+ vergebene Nummer ist.
Standardmäßig werden die Marke und der Beschriftungstext im selben Font
gedruckt.
Dieses Format ist für die meisten aber nicht alle Dokumente geeignet.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um das Standardformat für die Beschriftung zu ändern, müssen Sie das LaTeX-Paket
+Um das Standardformat für die Beschriftung zu ändern, müssen Sie das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
caption
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
- in den LaTeX-Vorspann laden:
+ in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann laden:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
- können die Beschriftungen mit folgenden Befehlen im LaTeX-Vorspann definiert
+ können die Beschriftungen mit folgenden Befehlen im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann definiert
werden:
\end_layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- ändern wollen, können Sie das mit folgendem Befehl im LaTeX-Vorspann machen:
+ ändern wollen, können Sie das mit folgendem Befehl im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann machen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-im LaTeX-Vorspann druckt den Namen fett.
+im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann druckt den Namen fett.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
KOMA-Script
\series default
--Do\SpecialChar \-
-ku\SpecialChar \-
-men\SpecialChar \-
-ta\SpecialChar \-
+-Do\SpecialChar softhyphen
+ku\SpecialChar softhyphen
+men\SpecialChar softhyphen
+ta\SpecialChar softhyphen
tion
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX-Standard-Klassen unterstützen diese Vereinbarung nicht für Tabellen.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Standard-Klassen unterstützen diese Vereinbarung nicht für Tabellen.
Das heißt wenn Sie eine der Dokument-Klassen
\family sans
article
report
\family default
benutzen, wird zwischen Beschriftung und Tabelle kein Zwischenraum gedruckt.
- Um das zu erreichen, laden Sie das LaTeX-Paket
+ Um das zu erreichen, laden Sie das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
- im LaTeX-Vorspann mit der Option
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann mit der Option
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\end_inset
Die Beschriftung kann auch neben der Abbildung oder Tabelle stehen.
- Das bewirkt das LaTeX-Paket
+ Das bewirkt das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! sidecap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! sidecap
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, das so in den LaTeX-Vorspann geladen wird:
+, das so in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann geladen wird:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Abschnitt wird nur gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Abschnitt wird nur gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um die Beschriftung mit LyX seitlich zu drucken, müssen Sie folgende Befehle
- in den LaTeX-Vorspann schreiben:
+Um die Beschriftung mit \SpecialChar LyX
+ seitlich zu drucken, müssen Sie folgende Befehle
+ in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann schreiben:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-als TeX-Code vor das Gleitobjekt und fügen Sie den Befehl
+als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code vor das Gleitobjekt und fügen Sie den Befehl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-als TeX-Code an der Stelle ein, wo Sie zur ursprünglichen Gleitobjekt-Definition
+als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code an der Stelle ein, wo Sie zur ursprünglichen Gleitobjekt-Definition
zurückkehren wollen.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-im LaTeX-Vorspann oder als TeX-Code vor dem Gleitobjekt ändern.
+im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann oder als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code vor dem Gleitobjekt ändern.
Der Gleitobjekt-Typ ist entweder
\family sans
figure
\series bold
Bemerkung:
\series default
- Das LaTeX-Paket
+ Das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
hypcap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! hypcap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! hypcap
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Hinweis wird gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Hinweis wird gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Das LaTeX-Paket
+Das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
Ähnlich wie das Inhaltsverzeichnis gibt es Gleitobjekt-Verzeichnisse.
Sie können mit den Untermenüs von
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Liste
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-LyX-Notizen
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Notizen
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Notizen ! LyX-Notizen
+Notizen ! \SpecialChar LyX
+-Notizen
\end_layout
\end_inset
oder
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Notiz
\family default
eingefügt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyX-Notiz: Dieser Typ ist für interne Notizen und wird nicht gedruckt.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Notiz: Dieser Typ ist für interne Notizen und wird nicht gedruckt.
Eine
\family sans
-LyX-Notiz
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Notiz
\family default
sieht so aus:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\begin_layout Description
Kommentar: Diese Notiz wird auch nicht gedruckt, aber sie erscheint als
- LaTeX-Kommentar, wenn Sie das Dokument nach LaTeX exportieren (
-\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ex\SpecialChar \-
-por\SpecialChar \-
-tie\SpecialChar \-
-ren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Kommentar, wenn Sie das Dokument nach \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ exportieren (
+\family sans
+Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ex\SpecialChar softhyphen
+por\SpecialChar softhyphen
+tie\SpecialChar softhyphen
+ren\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Die Grauschrift-Notiz wurde auf die ursprüngliche LyX-Definition zurückgesetzt,
- weil Grauschriften im LaTeX-Vorspann dieses Dokuments blau definiert wurden.
+Die Grauschrift-Notiz wurde auf die ursprüngliche \SpecialChar LyX
+-Definition zurückgesetzt,
+ weil Grauschriften im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann dieses Dokuments blau definiert wurden.
\end_layout
\family default
klicken, wird zunächst eine
\family sans
-LyX-Notiz
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Notiz
\family default
eingefügt.
Mit einem Rechts-Klick auf das Notiz-Kästchen können Sie einen der drei
Die Textfarbe von Grauschrift-Boxen kann im Menü
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Farben
\family default
geändert werden.
oder das Menü
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Fußnote
\family default
eingefügt.
wurde, eine hochgestellte Zahl.
Der Fußnotentext wird am Seitenende gedruckt, wobei die Fußnotennummer
hochgestellt dem Text vorangeht.
- Die Fußnotennummern werden von LaTeX berechnet und sind fortlaufend.
+ Die Fußnotennummern werden von \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ berechnet und sind fortlaufend.
Es hängt von der Dokumentklasse ab, ob sie in jedem Kapitel zurückgesetzt
werden.
\end_layout
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-Fußnoten in Tabellen werden von LaTeX aus technischen Gründen nicht gedruckt.
+Fußnoten in Tabellen werden von \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ aus technischen Gründen nicht gedruckt.
Jedoch gibt es eine andere Methode sie zu drucken: Anstatt einer Fußnote
wird der Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
footnotemark{}
\series default
- als TeX-Code eingefügt.
- Der Text der Fußnote wird als Argument des TeX-Code-Befehls
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code eingefügt.
+ Der Text der Fußnote wird als Argument des \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-Befehls
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
Um auf eine Fußnote mehrere Male zu verweisen, ohne dabei jedes Mal den
- Fußnotentext zu drucken, verwenden Sie den TeX-Code-Befehl
+ Fußnotentext zu drucken, verwenden Sie den \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
\end_inset
- wurde das mit folgenden TeX-Code-Befehlen gemacht:
+ wurde das mit folgenden \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-Befehlen gemacht:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Die Fußnotenmarke wurde dann mit diesem TeX-Code-Befehl definiert;
+Die Fußnotenmarke wurde dann mit diesem \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-Befehl definiert;
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family roman
auf 1 zurückzusetzen,
\family default
-müssen Sie folgenden Befehl in den LaTeX-Vorspann schreiben:
+müssen Sie folgenden Befehl in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann schreiben:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- nummeriert werden, müssen Sie folgenden Befehl in den LaTeX-Vorspann schreiben:
+ nummeriert werden, müssen Sie folgenden Befehl in den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann schreiben:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Wenn Sie auf einer Seite mehrere Fußnoten haben, werden sie untereinander
ohne Zwischenraum am Ende der Seite gedruckt.
Damit sie besser zu unterscheiden sind, kann man mit folgendem Befehl im
- LaTeX-Vorspann 1.5
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann 1.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, müssen Sie das LaTeX-Paket
+, müssen Sie das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
ftnright
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! ftnright
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! ftnright
\end_layout
\end_inset
- mit folgendem Befehl im LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen:
+ mit folgendem Befehl im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann einfügen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-Fußnoten-Platzierung in einem zweispaltigen Dokument mit dem LaTeX-Paket
-
+Fußnoten-Platzierung in einem zweispaltigen Dokument mit dem \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
ftnright
\series default
Um das zu erreichen, laden Sie im Menü
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Module
\family default
das Modul
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-als TeX-Code am Ende des Abschnitts oder Kapitels ein.
+als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code am Ende des Abschnitts oder Kapitels ein.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Die Absatzüberschrift für die Endnoten wird nicht automatisch in die Dokumentspr
ache übersetzt.
- Der folgende Befehl im LaTeX-Vorspann übersetzt den englischen Namen
+ Der folgende Befehl im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann übersetzt den englischen Namen
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Mit dem LaTeX-Paket
+Mit dem \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
footmisc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! footmisc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! footmisc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In LaTeX-Büchern,
+In \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Büchern,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,lamport,latex-praxisbuch"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Randnotizen sehen in LyX wie Fußnoten aus und verhalten sich auch so.
+Randnotizen sehen in \SpecialChar LyX
+ wie Fußnoten aus und verhalten sich auch so.
Sie fügen sie mit einem Klick auf den Schalter
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
oder über
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Randnotiz
\family default
ein.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-als TeX-Code vor einer Randnotiz ein.
+als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code vor einer Randnotiz ein.
Das gilt dann für alle folgenden Randnotizen.
\begin_inset ERT
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-als TeX-Code ein.
+als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code ein.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Abschnitt wird nur gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Abschnitt wird nur gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Diese Einschränkung kann umgangen werden, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Diese Einschränkung kann umgangen werden, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! marginnote
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! marginnote
\end_layout
\end_inset
verwendet wird.
- Wenn Sie diese zwei Zeilen zum LaTeX-Vorspann hinzufügen, wird der Befehl,
- der von LyX für Randnotizen verwendet wird, umdefiniert, so dass der Befehl
- des Pakets
+ Wenn Sie diese zwei Zeilen zum \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann hinzufügen, wird der Befehl, der
+ von \SpecialChar LyX
+ für Randnotizen verwendet wird, umdefiniert, so dass der Befehl des
+ Pakets
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
für Randnotizen angeben.
Dies wird oft für ein besseres Seitenformat verwendet, wenn zu viele Randnotize
n zu dicht beieinander sind.
- Der Versatz wird in LyX als TeX-Code direkt nach der Randnotiz mit dem
- Schema
+ Der Versatz wird in \SpecialChar LyX
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code direkt nach der Randnotiz mit dem Schema
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-cm mit dem TeX-Code-Befehl
+cm mit dem \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-Befehl
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- zu erstellen, fügen Sie dies zum LaTeX-Vorspann hinzu:
+ zu erstellen, fügen Sie dies zum \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann hinzu:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Hinweis wird gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Hinweis wird gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Das LaTeX-Paket
+Das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
Boxen werden mit
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Box
\family default
oder dem Schalter
\end_inset
- Mit einem Rechts\SpecialChar \-
+ Mit einem Rechts\SpecialChar softhyphen
klick auf das graue Kästchen und der Auswahl von
\family sans
Einstellungen
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "depth"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "2in"
height_special "height"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "width"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
-Die Ober\SpecialChar \-
+Die Ober\SpecialChar softhyphen
kante der Box ist in der Zeile.
\end_layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
-Die Unter\SpecialChar \-
+Die Unter\SpecialChar softhyphen
kante der Box ist in der Zeile.
\end_layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Box
\family default
gewählt haben.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1.25in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Box-Einstellungen-
\family default
Dialog ausrichten
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1.25in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
Rahmen Um die Box wird ein rechteckiger Rahmen gezeichnet.
- Die Rahmendicke wird durch
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
- festgelegt.
+ Die Rahmendicke kann festgelegt werden.
\begin_inset Box Boxed
position "c"
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Description
Schlagschatten zeichnet einen Rahmen mit Schatten um die Box.
- Die Rahmendicke wird durch
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
- festgelegt, der Schatten ist 4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt breit.
+ Die Rahmendicke und die Schattenbreite kann festgelegt werden.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
Rahmen zeichnet einen doppelten Rahmen um die Box.
- Der innere Rahmen ist 0.75
+ Der innere Rahmen ist 0,75
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
- breit, der äußere 1.5
+Rahmendicke breit, der äußere 1,5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-, der Zwischenraum 1.5
+Rahmendicke.
+ Der Zwischenraum beträgt 1,5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-
+Rahmendicke
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-0.5
+0,5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Die Aufschrift der Box in LyX ändert sich mit der gewählten Verzierung.
- Um alle Verzierungen verwenden zu können, muss das LaTeX-Paket
+Die Aufschrift der Box in \SpecialChar LyX
+ ändert sich mit der gewählten Verzierung.
+ Um alle Verzierungen verwenden zu können, muss das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
fancybox
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! fancybox
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! fancybox
\end_layout
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Der Standardwert für
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
- ist 0.4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- Mit dem folgenden TeX-Code-Befehl kann er auf 2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt gesetzt werden:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Boxed
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "30col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Rechteckige Box mit einer Rahmenbreite von 2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{0.4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Der Abstand zwischen dem Rahmen und dem Inhalt ist standardmäßig 3
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- Sie können das ändern, indem Sie den Wert von
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
- mit einem TeX-Code-Befehl ändern:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{10pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-setzt den Wert auf 10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt, wie in der folgenden Box:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{10pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Boxed
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Rechteckige Box mit
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{3pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
Der Durchmesser der abgerundeten Ecken kann mit
\series bold
cornersize
\series default
gesetzt werden.
- Der TeX-Code-Befehl
+ Der \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-Befehl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
cm.
- Der TeX-Code-Befehl
+ Der \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-Befehl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-Die Breite des Schattens wird mit
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-shadowsize
-\series default
- festgelegt.
- Mit dem TeX-Code-Befehl
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-wird er für die folgende Box auf 2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt festgelegt.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Schattierte Box mit
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-shadowsize
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-Der Standardwert für
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-FrameRule
-\series default
- ist 0.4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- Der Standard-Abstand zwischen Rahmen und Text ist 9
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt und kann mit dem Wert für
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-FrameSep
-\series default
- geändert werden.
- Als Beispiel wurden die die Rahmeneinstellungen der folgenden Box mit diesen
- TeX-Code Befehlen geändert:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{5pt}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{0.5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{5pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{0.5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Framed
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 0
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dies ist Text in einer
-\family sans
-Seitenumbruch erlaubt
-\family default
- Box.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{0.4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{9pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series default
oder global über das Menü
\family sans
-Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Farben\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Werkzeuge\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Farben\SpecialChar menuseparator
Schattierte
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\backslash
definecolor
\series default
- das LaTeX-Paket
+ das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
color
\series default
- im LaTeX-Vorspann benötigt, siehe Abschnitt
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann benötigt, siehe Abschnitt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
- Für das nächste Beispiel wurden folgender TeX-Code verwendet:
+ Für das nächste Beispiel wurden folgender \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code verwendet:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages werden von LaTeX wie Seiten auf einer Seite behandelt und können
- deshalb unter anderem eigene Fußnoten haben.
+Minipages werden von \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ wie Seiten auf einer Seite behandelt und können deshalb
+ unter anderem eigene Fußnoten haben.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
getrennt (
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatierung\SpecialChar menuseparator
Horizontaler
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-Abstand\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Abstand\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Abstand\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Abstand\SpecialChar menuseparator
Variabler
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Dokument
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
-Einstellun\SpecialChar \-
-gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einstellun\SpecialChar softhyphen
+gen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Textformat
\family default
festgelegt haben.
Wenn Sie es trotzdem wollen, müssen Sie es manuell machen.
- Eine Standardeinrückung zum Beispiel erreichen Sie mit dem TeX-Code
+ Eine Standardeinrückung zum Beispiel erreichen Sie mit dem \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "uab:Farbe-für-Absätze"
+reference "abs:Farbige-Boxen"
\end_inset
, was Absatzbox bedeutet.
Parbox ist sehr ähnlich zu Minipage mit der Einschränkung, dass Fußnoten
in Parboxen nicht ausgegeben werden:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- als TeX-Code direkt vor das Wort setzen:
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code direkt vor das Wort setzen:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Mit dem LaTeX-Befehl
+Mit dem \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- an der Grundlinie auszurichten, müssen Sie den TeX-Code-Befehl
+ an der Grundlinie auszurichten, müssen Sie den \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-Befehl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- als TeX-Code dahinter:
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code dahinter:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
nach unten verschoben wurde.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
Dies ist eine Zeile, in der das Wort
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Text-Hintergrundfarbe
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+Um einen Text mit einer Hintergrundfarbe zu versehen, wählen Sie diese im
+ Box-Dialog aus.
+ Dies ist zum Beispiel eine Box mit orangenem Hintergrund
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 1
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "orange"
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Farbe ! für Text-Hintergrund
+Box mit orangenem Hintergrund
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Um einen Text mit einer Hintergrundfarbe zu versehen, muss der Text in einer
- so genannten
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+Wenn Sie die Dekoration
+\family sans
+ Einfacher
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-colorbox
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+rechteckiger
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- stehen.
- Dafür muss das LaTeX-Paket
-\series bold
-color
-\series default
+Rahmen
+\family default
+verwenden, können Sie eine Rahmenfarbe festlegen.
+ In diesem Fall muss auch eine Hintergrundfarbe angegeben werden (LyX setzt
+ sie standardmäßig auf weiß).
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+
+\begin_inset Box Boxed
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "teal"
+backgroundcolor "yellow"
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! color
+Box mit tealer Rahmenfarbe und gelber Hintergrundfarbe
\end_layout
\end_inset
- im LaTeX-Vorspann mit folgendem Befehl geladen werden:
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-@ifundefined{textcolor}
+Natürlich ist auch farbiger Text in einer farbigen Box möglich:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+\begin_inset Box Boxed
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "cyan"
+backgroundcolor "magenta"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-\begin_inset space ~
+\color yellow
+Dies ist farbiger Text in einer farbigen, gerahmten Box.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-{
-\backslash
-usepackage{color}}{}
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Wenn Sie Text einfärben, lädt LyX das Paket
-\series bold
-color
-\series default
- automatisch.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+Falls sie andere als die voreingestellten Farben benötigen, können Ihre
+ eigenen Farben definieren, wie in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der Befehl
-\series bold
-\backslash
-@ifundefined
-\series default
- vermeidet, dass es in diesem Fall doppelt geladen wird.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "abs:Farbige-Tabellen"
\end_inset
-
+ beschrieben.
+ Um selbstdefinierte Farben zu verwenden, muss die Box mittels TeX-Code
+ gesetzt werden:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-Colorboxen werden mit dem Befehl
+Farbige Boxen ohne Rahmen werden mit dem Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
colorbox
\series default
- erzeugt:
+ erzeugt.
+ Er hat folgendes Schema:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Der Boxinhalt kann auch eine Box sein, und Colorboxen können in anderen
+Der Boxinhalt kann auch eine Box sein, und farbige Boxen können in anderen
Boxen sein.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Die folgenden Farben sind vordefiniert:
-\family sans
- schwarz
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-wei
-\family default
-ß,
-\family sans
-rot
-\family default
-\series bold
-,
-\series default
-
-\family sans
-grün
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-blau
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-türkis
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-purpurrot
-\family default
- und
-\family sans
-gelb
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sie können auch Ihre eigenen Farben definieren, wie in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "abs:Farbige-Tabellen"
-
-\end_inset
-
- beschrieben.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Um zum Beispiel ein Wort auf einem roten Hintergrund zu drucken, fügen sie
- den TeX-Code-Befehl
+ Um zum Beispiel ein Wort auf einem dunkelgrünen Hintergrund zu drucken,
+ fügen sie den \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code-Befehl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-colorbox{red}{
+colorbox{dunkelgruen}{
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- als TeX-Code ein.
+ als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code ein.
Hier ist das Ergebnis:
\end_layout
\backslash
-colorbox{red}{
+colorbox{dunkelgruen}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
- einen roten Hintergrund.
+ einen dunkelgrünen Hintergrund.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-Wenn der Rahmen der Box eine andere Farbe haben soll, können Sie den Befehl
-
+Farbige Boxen mit Rahmen werden mit dem Befehl
\series bold
-
+
\backslash
fcolorbox
\series default
- verwenden:
+ erzeugt.
+ Er hat folgendes Schema:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
fcolorbox{Rahmenfarbe}{Boxfarbe}{Boxinhalt}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox
-\series default
- ist eine Erweiterung von
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox
-\series default
-.
- Die Rahmendicke und der Abstand zwischen Rahmen und Boxinhalt können mit
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
- und
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
- gesteuert werden, wie in Abschnitt
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "uab:Verzierung"
-
-\end_inset
-
- beschrieben.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Für das folgende Beispiel wurde der Befehl
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-benutzt.
- Hier wurden die Rahmendicke und der Abstand auf 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-mm gesetzt:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule 1mm
-\backslash
-fboxsep 1mm
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{green}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Dies ist Text in einer farbigen, gerahmten Box.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-Natürlich gibt es auch farbigen Text in einer Colorbox:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{green}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\color yellow
-Dies ist farbiger Text in einer farbigen, gerahmten Box.
-\color none
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule 0.4pt
-\backslash
-fboxsep 3pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\noindent
-
-\series bold
-Bemerkung:
-\series default
- Text in Colorboxen kann nicht umgebrochen werden.
- Für Text mit mehreren Zeilen müssen Sie eine Box in einer Colorbox benutzen,
- wie im folgenden beschrieben.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Farbe für Absätze
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "uab:Farbe-für-Absätze"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Farbe ! für Absätze
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Um die Hintergrundfarbe für mehr als eine Textzeile zu setzen, müssen Sie
- den Text in eine Minipage stellen.
- Vor der Minipage fügen Sie den TeX-Code-Befehl
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox{color}{
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-ein.
- Hinter der Minipage fügen Sie
-\series bold
-
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
-
-}
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
-
- als TeX-Code ein.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-colorbox{hellgrau}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dies ist Text mit einer Hintergrundfarbe.
- Dies ist Text mit einer Hintergrundfarbe.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der Text kann Fußnoten
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Eine weitere Fußnote
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- und Tabellen und Abbildungen enthalten.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-a
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-!
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-b2
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-|
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
->
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-§
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-c
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Rotierte und skalierte Boxen
\end_layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! graphicx
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! graphicx
\end_layout
\end_inset
- im LaTeX-Vorspann mit folgendem Befehl geladen werden:
+ im \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann mit folgendem Befehl geladen werden:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
rotatebox
\series default
- im TeX-Code nach folgendem Schema:
+ im \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code nach folgendem Schema:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
rotatebox[origin=c]{60}{
\series default
- im TeX-Modus eingegeben.
+ im \SpecialChar TeX
+-Modus eingegeben.
Nach dem Text wurde die schließende Klammer
\series bold
}
\series default
- wiederum im TeX-Modus eingegeben.
+ wiederum im \SpecialChar TeX
+-Modus eingegeben.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "width"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\backslash
resizebox
\series default
- im TeX-Modus verwenden.
+ im \SpecialChar TeX
+-Modus verwenden.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
resizebox
\series default
- eine Null angegeben, entstehen beim Exportieren zwar keine LaTeX-Fehler,
- die erzeugten Dateien können jedoch nicht oder nur teilweise angezeigt
- werden.
+ eine Null angegeben, entstehen beim Exportieren zwar keine \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Fehler, die
+ erzeugten Dateien können jedoch nicht oder nur teilweise angezeigt werden.
\end_layout
\end_inset
reflectbox{Hallo}}}
\series default
:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
Bilder, Tabellen und eingebettete Formeln sind als Boxinhalt erlaubt:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
Die Gleitobjekte können hierbei nur innerhalb des Absatzes gleiten.
Sie werden über das Menü
\family sans
- Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar menuseparator
Umflossenes Bild-Gleitobjekt oder Umflossenes Tabellen-Gleit
objekt
\family default
- eingefügt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+ eingefügt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
wrapfig
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! wrapfig
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! wrapfig
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Wie man ein LaTeX-Paket installiert, wird im Handbuch
+Wie man ein \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket installiert, wird im Handbuch
\emph on
-LaTeX-Konfiguration
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Konfiguration
\emph default
beschrieben.
\end_layout
, die festlegen wie viele Textzeilen das Gleitobjekt in etwa benötigt.
Die benötigten Zeilen sind oft schwer abzuschätzen, daher sollte man sie
nur nutzen, wenn Probleme mit der Platzierung des Gleitobjekts auftreten.
- Des weiteren können Sie entscheiden, ob es LaTeX erlaubt sein soll, das
- Gleitobjekt innerhalb des Absatzes oder zu umgebenden Absätzen gleiten
- zu lassen.
+ Des weiteren können Sie entscheiden, ob es \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ erlaubt sein soll, das Gleitobjekt
+ innerhalb des Absatzes oder zu umgebenden Absätzen gleiten zu lassen.
Abbildung
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
beschriebenen umflossenen Gleitobjekte haben folgende Positionen im Absatz:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
oder
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
-kann man das LaTeX-Paket
+kann man das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! picinpar
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! picinpar
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-als TeX-Code einfügt.
+als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code einfügt.
Der erste Parameter in der eckigen Klammer, hier '2', definiert die Anzahl
der Zeilen über dem Objekt, der zweite, hier 'c', die Position des Objekts.
Es sind die Positionen 'l', 'c' und 'r' (für links, Mitte, rechts) möglich.
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Das LaTeX-Paket
+Das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Für Initialen muss das LaTeX-Paket
+Für Initialen muss das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! lettrine
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! lettrine
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
im Dokument verwendet werden (Menü
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Module
\family default
).
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird nur gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\end_inset
:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
Kapitälchen
\shape default
:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- sein kann, und diesen Befehl zum LaTeX-Vorspann hinzufügen:
+ sein kann, und diesen Befehl zum \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann hinzufügen:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
{
\backslash
usepackage{color}}{}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das LaTeX-Paket
+Der folgende Teil wird gedruckt, wenn das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Das LaTeX-Paket
+Das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
Mit
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Datei
\family default
können Sie fremdes Material in Ihr Dokument einsetzen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyX-Dokument Der Inhalt eines anderen LyX-Dokuments wird direkt in Ihr Dokument
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Dokument Der Inhalt eines anderen \SpecialChar LyX
+-Dokuments wird direkt in Ihr Dokument
eingefügt.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Unterdokument LyX- oder LaTeX-Dokumente.
+Unterdokument \SpecialChar LyX
+- oder \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Dokumente.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
Mit
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
Externes Material
\family default
können Sie Dateien in Ihr Dokument einfügen, ohne sie vorher in ein Format
konvertieren zu müssen, das vom Ausgabeprogramm verstanden werden kann,
- weil LyX sich darum kümmert.
- Das ist ähnlich wie bei Bildern, die in verschiedenen Formaten in LyX-Dokumente
+ weil \SpecialChar LyX
+ sich darum kümmert.
+ Das ist ähnlich wie bei Bildern, die in verschiedenen Formaten in \SpecialChar LyX
+-Dokumente
eingefügt werden können.
- Wenn die Grafikvorschau in den LyX-Einstellungen unter
+ Wenn die Grafikvorschau in den \SpecialChar LyX
+-Einstellungen unter
\family sans
Aussehen
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Handhabung\SpecialChar menuseparator
Grafik
\family default
-, werden die externen Materialtypen Dia und Xfig direkt in LyX angezeigt.
+, werden die externen Materialtypen Dia und Xfig direkt in \SpecialChar LyX
+ angezeigt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Das Datum ist in LyX nicht zu sehen, nur in der Druckausgabe.
+Das Datum ist in \SpecialChar LyX
+ nicht zu sehen, nur in der Druckausgabe.
Es gibt noch zwei andere Möglichkeiten, ein Datum einzufügen: Über das
Menü
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Datum
\family default
- und mit dem LaTeX-Befehl
+ und mit dem \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
\end_inset
einfügen.
- Für dieses Feature muss LyX während seiner Konfiguration das Programm
+ Für dieses Feature muss \SpecialChar LyX
+ während seiner Konfiguration das Programm
\family typewriter
ssconvert
\family default
gefunden haben.
Dieses Programm ist Teil von Gnumeric, so dass Sie Gnumeric installiert
haben müssen, auch wenn sie keine Tabellen im Gnumeric-Format verwenden.
- Für Beispiele und mögliche Limitierungen siehe LyXs Beispieldatei
+ Für Beispiele und mögliche Limitierungen siehe \SpecialChar LyX
+s Beispieldatei
\emph on
spreadsheet.lyx
\emph default
\series default
gesetzt werden.
- Für LyXs erweiterte Unterstützung für LilyPond siehe LyXs Beispieldatei
-
+ Für \SpecialChar LyX
+s erweiterte Unterstützung für LilyPond siehe \SpecialChar LyX
+s Beispieldatei
\emph on
lilypond.lyx
\emph default
\family default
in der Karteikarte
\family sans
-LaTeX- und LyX-Optionen
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+- und \SpecialChar LyX
+-Optionen
\family default
.
Das Argument der Option ist eine mit Komma gegliederte Liste, die Seitennummern
\series default
überschrieben.
Für weitere Informationen und mögliche Optionen siehe die Dokumentation
- des LaTeX-Pakets
+ des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
pdfpages
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! pdfpages
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! pdfpages
\end_layout
\end_inset
BeendeRahmen
\family default
Umgebung eingefügt werden.
- In den folgenden Absatz kommt eine TeX-Code Box mit dem Befehl
+ In den folgenden Absatz kommt eine \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code Box mit dem Befehl
\series bold
\backslash
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Externes Material\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Externes Material\SpecialChar menuseparator
Datum
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Datum
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-als TeX-Code
+als \SpecialChar TeX
+-Code
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-LyX kann externes Material entweder als Box wie hier:
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ kann externes Material entweder als Box wie hier:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/ExternesMaterialQt4.png
scale 85
\family default
in der Karteikarte
\family sans
-LaTeX- und LyX-Optionen
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+- und \SpecialChar LyX
+-Optionen
\family default
die Option
\family sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Im LyX-Handbuch
+Im \SpecialChar LyX
+-Handbuch
\family sans
\emph on
Anpassung
\end_inset
B.
- den LaTeX-Vorspann, das Literaturverzeichnis und Querverweismarken.
+ den \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann, das Literaturverzeichnis und Querverweismarken.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Um Unterdokumente bearbeiten zu können ohne ihr Hauptdokument öffnen zu
müssen, geben Sie im Unterdokument im Menü
\family sans
- Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Dokumentklasse
\family default
das Hauptdokument an.
- Dieses wird dann von LyX im Hintergrund benutzt, wenn Sie das Unterdokument
+ Dieses wird dann von \SpecialChar LyX
+ im Hintergrund benutzt, wenn Sie das Unterdokument
bearbeiten.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Unterdokumente werden in LyX als Box angezeigt:
+Unterdokumente werden in \SpecialChar LyX
+ als Box angezeigt:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/UnterdokumentQt4.png
scale 85
Sie werden über
\family sans
- Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
Unterdokument
\family default
eingebunden, was das Dialogfenster
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Include Sie können LyX- und LaTeX-Dokumente einbinden.
+Include Sie können \SpecialChar LyX
+- und \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Dokumente einbinden.
Wenn Sie im Dialogfenster
\family sans
Unterdokument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Der LaTeX-Vorspann des Unterdokuments wird ignoriert, nur der des Hauptdokuments
+Der \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Vorspann des Unterdokuments wird ignoriert, nur der des Hauptdokuments
wird benutzt.
Zweige in Unterdokumenten werden vom Hauptdokument ignoriert, wenn das
Hauptdokument nicht auch einen Zweig mit dem selben Namen besitzt.
\series bold
Bemerkung:
\series default
- Wenn Sie eine LyX- oder LaTeX-Datei eingebunden haben, werden Sie beim
- Export oder der Druckvorschau gewarnt, wenn das Unterdokument eine andere
- Dokumentklasse als das Hauptdokument benutzt, weil das zu unvorhersehbaren
- Ergebnissen führen wird.
+ Wenn Sie eine \SpecialChar LyX
+- oder \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Datei eingebunden haben, werden Sie beim Export oder
+ der Druckvorschau gewarnt, wenn das Unterdokument eine andere Dokumentklasse
+ als das Hauptdokument benutzt, weil das zu unvorhersehbaren Ergebnissen
+ führen wird.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Include
\family default
sehr ähnlich mit folgenden Unterschieden:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\family sans
Input
\family default
- eingebunden werden, können in LyX angesehen werden, wenn im Dialogfenster
+ eingebunden werden, können in \SpecialChar LyX
+ angesehen werden, wenn im Dialogfenster
\family sans
Unterdokument Vorschau
\begin_inset space ~
anzeigen
\family default
- angekreuzt wurde und in den LyX-Einstellungen unter
+ angekreuzt wurde und in den \SpecialChar LyX
+-Einstellungen unter
\family sans
Aussehen
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Grafik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Handhabung\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Grafik\SpecialChar menuseparator
Sofortige
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
eingebunden werden, können nicht über das Menü
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Unterdokumente
\family default
unterdrückt werden.
Im Gegensatz zu
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
Einfacher
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Unformatiert
\family default
- der Dateiinhalt in LyX nicht dargestellt.
+ der Dateiinhalt in \SpecialChar LyX
+ nicht dargestellt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Bemerkung:
\series default
Wenn Sie ein Unterdokument auf zwei verschiedene Arten einbinden, kann
- das zu LaTeX-Problemen führen.
+ das zu \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Problemen führen.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Buchs ausgeben möchten, können Sie Unterdokumente in der Ausgabe unterdrücken.
Dies geschieht über das Menü
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Unterdokumente
\family default
.
\family sans
Zähler und Querverweise wahren
\family default
- aktiviert ist, sorgt LyX dafür, dass alle Seitennummern, Querverweise usw.
+ aktiviert ist, sorgt \SpecialChar LyX
+ dafür, dass alle Seitennummern, Querverweise usw.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
korrekt sind, so als würde das gesamte Dokument ausgegeben werden.
Dies ist nützlich wenn die gewählten Unterdokumente in der Ausgabe so aussehen
sollen, als wenn sie Teil des fertigen, ganzen Dokuments wären.
- Dazu muss LyX intern allerdings das gesamte Dokument prozessieren.
+ Dazu muss \SpecialChar LyX
+ intern allerdings das gesamte Dokument prozessieren.
Um Zeit beim Kompilieren zu sparen und wenn die Seitennummern nicht wichtig
sind, wählen sie die Option nicht.
\end_layout
\emph on
Zweige
\emph default
- des LyX
+ des \SpecialChar LyX
+
\emph on
Benutzerhandbuchs
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
Um Programm-Code-Listen einzufügen und zu drucken, können Sie
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Pro\SpecialChar \-
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Pro\SpecialChar softhyphen
grammlisting
\family default
verwenden.
- Das LaTeX-Paket
+ Das \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Paket
\series bold
listings
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! listings
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
Mit dem Menü
\family sans
-Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Liste
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar menuseparator
Listings Verzeichnis
\family default
kann ein Verzeichnis aller Listings eingefügt werden.
\series default
Wenn sie keine fettgedruckten Schlüsselwörter im Schriftstil
\family typewriter
-Schreib\SpecialChar \-
+Schreib\SpecialChar softhyphen
maschine
\family default
erhalten, enthält die von Ihnen verwendete Schrift in diesem Stil wahrscheinlic
h keine fett gedruckten Buchstaben.
Wählen Sie in diesem Fall eine andere Schrift im Menü
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Schriften
\family default
.
Es ist auch möglich, Zeilen einer Datei als Listing zu drucken.
Das machen Sie mit
\family sans
- Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ Einfügen\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
Unterdokument
\family default
und der
\noindent
Dokumentweite Listing-Eigenschaften können im Dialog
\family sans
-Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokument\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar menuseparator
Listing
\family default
festgelegt werden.
\begin_layout Chapter
\start_of_appendix
-In LyX verfügbare Maßeinheiten
+In \SpecialChar LyX
+ verfügbare Maßeinheiten
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "kap:In-LyX-verfügbare"
\end_inset
- alle in LyX verfügbaren Maßeinheiten.
+ alle in \SpecialChar LyX
+ verfügbaren Maßeinheiten.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_layout Standard
Sie können Ihr Dokument als DVI über das Menü
\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exportieren\SpecialChar menuseparator
DVI
\family default
exportieren.
\end_inset
- (Encapsulated PostScript, Datei-Er\SpecialChar \-
-wei\SpecialChar \-
-ter\SpecialChar \-
+ (Encapsulated PostScript, Datei-Er\SpecialChar softhyphen
+wei\SpecialChar softhyphen
+ter\SpecialChar softhyphen
ung
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
\end_inset
) enthalten.
- Weil LyX die Verwendung jedes bekannten Bildformats erlaubt, muss es diese
+ Weil \SpecialChar LyX
+ die Verwendung jedes bekannten Bildformats erlaubt, muss es diese
intern nach EPS konvertieren.
Dies wird bei vielen Bildern in einem Dokument den Arbeitsfluss drastisch
verlangsamen.
\begin_layout Standard
Sie können Ihr Dokument als PostScript über das Menü
\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Post\SpecialChar \-
+Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exportieren\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Post\SpecialChar softhyphen
Script
\family default
exportieren.
\end_inset
) enthalten.
- Trotzdem können Sie jedes bekannte Bildformat benutzen, weil LyX es für
- Sie konvertieren wird.
+ Trotzdem können Sie jedes bekannte Bildformat benutzen, weil \SpecialChar LyX
+ es für Sie
+ konvertieren wird.
Die Konvertierungen werden Ihren Arbeitsfluss verlangsamen, weswegen empfohlen
wird, eines der drei erwähnten Bildformate zu benutzen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
PDF-Dateien können Sie über
\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
Exportieren
\family default
auf drei Arten erzeugen:
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\family default
-, das eine PDF-Datei aus einer Post\SpecialChar \-
+, das eine PDF-Datei aus einer Post\SpecialChar softhyphen
Script®-Version Ihres Dokument erstellt.
Die PostScript-Version wird mit dem Programm
\family typewriter
ohne Probleme arbeitet.
Das Programm
\family typewriter
-dvi\SpecialChar \-
+dvi\SpecialChar softhyphen
pdfm
\family default
wird nicht weiterentwickelt und ist deshalb nicht sehr aktuell.
\begin_layout Standard
Sie können Ihr Dokument als PDF über das Menü
\family sans
-Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Exportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Datei\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exportieren\SpecialChar menuseparator
PDF
\family default
exportieren.
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\backslash
tabcolsep
\series default
- ist die LaTeX-Länge zwischen dem Zellentext und der Zellgrenze mit dem
- Standardwert 6
+ ist die \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Länge zwischen dem Zellentext und der Zellgrenze mit dem Standardwert
+ 6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
\emph on
-The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
+The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Companion Second Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2004
Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
Daly:
\emph on
-A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
+A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Fourth Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2003
Leslie Lamport:
\emph on
-LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+: A Document Preparation System.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
Niedermair, Elke & Michael:
\emph on
-LaTeX-Praxisbuch
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Praxisbuch
\emph default
, Franzis-Verlag, 2004
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! arydshln
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! arydshln
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! booktabs
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! booktabs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! diagbox
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! diagbox
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! endfloat
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! endfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! footmisc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! footmisc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! hypcap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! hypcap
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! lettrine
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! lettrine
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! listings
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! marginnote
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! marginnote
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! pdfpages
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! pdfpages
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Webseite des LaTeX-Pakets
+Webseite des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! pstricks
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! pstricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Dokumentation des LaTeX-Pakets
+Dokumentation des \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakets
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-Pakete ! sidecap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Pakete ! sidecap
\end_layout
\end_inset
über neue Funktionen in
\family sans
-LyX 2.0
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ 2.0
\family default
.
\end_layout
-#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 474
+#LyX 2.2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 495
\begin_document
\begin_header
+\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/es/
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
% if pdflatex is used
\setboolean{colortbl}{true}}
{\setboolean{colortbl}{false}}
-% used for colored table rows
-\usepackage[table]{xcolor}
-
% used to have extra space in table cells
\@ifundefined{extrarowheight}
{\usepackage{array}}{}
\setboolean{diagbox}{true}}
{\setboolean{diagbox}{false}}
\end_preamble
-\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading,usenames,dvipsnames
+\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading,usenames,dvipsnames,table
\use_default_options false
\begin_modules
initials
\begin_layout Title
Manual detallado de Figuras, Cuadros, Flotantes, Notas, Marcos y Archivos
- en LyX
+ en \SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
-por el Equipo LyX
+por el Equipo \SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
Si tienes comentarios o correcciones, por favor, escribe a la lista de correo
- de Documentación de LyX:
+ de Documentación de \SpecialChar LyX
+:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Para exportar todas las partes de este documento a PDF, PS, o DVI, deben
- estar instalados los paquetes LaTeX
+ estar instalados los paquetes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#EmbeddedObjects
+http://wiki.lyx.org/\SpecialChar LyX
+/DocumentationDevelopment#EmbeddedObjects
\end_layout
\end_inset
o en el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Imagen
\family default
.
\begin_layout Description
Gráficos Aquí puedes elegir tu archivo gráfico y ajustar separadamente su
- presentación en LyX y en la salida.
+ presentación en \SpecialChar LyX
+ y en la salida.
En el apéndice
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Puedes girar los gráficos en el sentido de las agujas de reloj estableciendo
un ángulo y un origen de rotación.
- La imagen también gira en LyX.
+ La imagen también gira en \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family default
del menú contextual que aparece al hacer clic derecho sobre la imagen.
Los programas visor y editor para cada formato de imagen se pueden establecer
- en la configuración de formatos de archivo de las preferencias de LyX.
+ en la configuración de formatos de archivo de las preferencias de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX En esta solapa puedes modificar la apariencia de la imagen en LyX y,
- si eres experto en LaTeX, especificar opciones LaTeX adicionales.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ En esta solapa puedes modificar la apariencia de la imagen en \SpecialChar LyX
+ y, si eres
+ experto en \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, especificar opciones \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ adicionales.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\emph default
.
Si se usa esta opción, las imágenes no serán descomprimidas al exportar,
- puesto que LaTeX puede manejarlas como están.
+ puesto que \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ puede manejarlas como están.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-El segundo comando crea un archivo de cuadro delimitador «x.eps.bb» que LaTeX
- necesita para gráficos comprimidos.
+El segundo comando crea un archivo de cuadro delimitador «x.eps.bb» que \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ necesita
+ para gráficos comprimidos.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
en un párrafo separado centrado horizontalmente:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Esta es la misma imagen pero en modo borrador:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
y el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Flotante\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Flotante\SpecialChar menuseparator
Figura
\family default
insertan un flotante con la etiqueta «Figura #:» (# es el número actual).
referencia a su etiqueta.
Para hacerlo inserta una etiqueta en la leyenda usando el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Etiqueta
\family default
o el botón
.
Ahora puedes referirte a la etiqueta usando el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Referencia
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
.
Es importante emplear referencias a flotantes, mejor que alusiones vagas
- como «la figura de arriba», porque como LaTeX recolocará los flotantes
- en el documento final, podría no quedar «arriba» precisamente.
+ como «la figura de arriba», porque como \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ recolocará los flotantes en el
+ documento final, podría no quedar «arriba» precisamente.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
, cada formato de archivo del documento de salida permite sólo ciertos formatos
de archivo de imagen.
- Por eso LyX usa el programa
+ Por eso \SpecialChar LyX
+ usa el programa
\family typewriter
ImageMagick
\family default
o el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cuadro/Tabla
\family default
.
fila aparece separada por una línea doble: el borde inferior de la primera
fila y el borde superior de la segunda fila.
Ejemplo de cuadro:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
encuentra el cursor.
La entrada del menú contextual
\family sans
-Más...\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Más...\SpecialChar menuseparator
Configuración...
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Alineación-especial-de"
+reference "subsec:Alineación-especial-de"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Líneas-Múltiples-en"
+reference "subsec:Líneas-Múltiples-en"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multicolumnas"
+reference "subsec:Multicolumnas"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multifilas"
+reference "subsec:Multifilas"
\end_inset
Las casillas de giro rotan la celda actual, una selección o toda el cuadro
90º en el sentido de las agujas del reloj.
- La rotación no se ve en LyX, sí en la salida.
+ La rotación no se ve en \SpecialChar LyX
+, sí en la salida.
Para más información véase sección
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Línea con cuadros con diferentes alineaciones:
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="top">
+<features tabularvalignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="bottom">
+<features tabularvalignment="bottom">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-También es posible introducir argumentos LaTeX necesarios para formatos
- especiales, véanse las secciones
+También es posible introducir argumentos \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ necesarios para formatos especiales,
+ véanse las secciones
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Cálculos-en-Multicolumnas"
+reference "subsec:Cálculos-en-Multicolumnas"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Espacio-adicional"
+reference "subsec:Espacio-adicional"
\end_inset
La barra de herramientas de cuadros es una alternativa a la ventana de diálogo
para cambiar los cuadros de manera más rápida.
Normalmente debería aparecer en la parte inferior de la ventana principal
- de LyX cuando el cursor está dentro de un cuadro.
+ de \SpecialChar LyX
+ cuando el cursor está dentro de un cuadro.
En cualquier momento se puede presentar esta barra pulsando con el botón
derecho del ratón en cualquier punto de la barra principal de menú.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Además del diálogo y la barra de herramientas, el menú
\family sans
-Editar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cuadro/Tabla
\family default
permite añadir y borrar bordes para la fila/columna actual y establecer
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_layout Standard
Los cuadros flotantes pueden insertarse con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Flotante\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Flotante\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cuadro
\family default
o con el botón
\begin_layout Standard
Lo habitual es poner la leyenda sobre el cuadro, lo que desafortunadamente
- no es soportado en las clases estándar de LaTeX.
+ no es soportado en las clases estándar de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
Esto significa que si estás usando las clases de documento
\family sans
article
report
\family default
no habrá espacio entre la leyenda y el cuadro.
- Para añadir un espacio entre ellos hay que poner en el preámbulo LaTeX
- del documento la siguiente opción al comando del paquete LaTeX
+ Para añadir un espacio entre ellos hay que poner en el preámbulo \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ del documento
+ la siguiente opción al comando del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-El formato de la leyenda se puede controlar mediante el paquete LaTeX
+El formato de la leyenda se puede controlar mediante el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
caption
\series default
su etiqueta.
Para hacerlo inserta una etiqueta en la leyenda con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Etiqueta
\family default
o con el botón
.
Ahora puedes referenciar la etiqueta con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Referencia
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Leyendas-en-Cuadros"
+reference "subsec:Leyendas-en-Cuadros"
\end_inset
También se puede especificar en el diálogo en qué fila se ha de cortar el
cuadro.
El siguiente cuadro muestra cómo funciona:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Leyendas-en-Cuadros"
+reference "subsec:Leyendas-en-Cuadros"
\end_inset
Notas al pie en cuadros largos
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Notas-al-pie-en-Cuadros-Largos"
+name "subsec:Notas-al-pie-en-Cuadros-Largos"
\end_inset
\backslash
LTright
\series default
-insertando la línea siguiente en código TeX antes del correspondiente cuadro
+insertando la línea siguiente en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ antes del correspondiente cuadro
largo:
\end_layout
\backslash
fill
\series default
-, que en este caso es lo mismo que un relleno horizontal en LyX.
+, que en este caso es lo mismo que un relleno horizontal en \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Leyendas-en-Cuadros"
+reference "subsec:Leyendas-en-Cuadros"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Leyendas-en-Cuadros"
+name "subsec:Leyendas-en-Cuadros"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
2.1 en el índice de cuadros debido a que hay dos cuadros largos sin leyenda.
Para evitarlo, añade detrás de cada cuadro largo sin leyenda este comando
- en código TeX:
+ en código \SpecialChar TeX
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
El formato de la leyenda puede configurarse junto con todos las demás leyendas
- del documento mediante el paquete LaTeX
+ del documento mediante el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
pulgadas).
- Para cambiarla añade el siguiente comando en el preámbulo o en código TeX
+ Para cambiarla añade el siguiente comando en el preámbulo o en código \SpecialChar TeX
+
en el propio documento antes del cuadro largo al que deba afectar
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\series bold
Nota:
\series default
-Si se usa el paquete LaTeX
+Si se usa el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-in, o bien emplear el comando LaTeX
+in, o bien emplear el comando \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
es un ejemplo de cuadro largo con encabezados distintos donde el segundo
no incluye número de cuadro.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="59" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX calcula la altura de las páginas con cuadro y sus saltos de página
- utilizando los denominados «trozos», que son partes del cuadro presentes
- en la memoria de LaTeX.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ calcula la altura de las páginas con cuadro y sus saltos de página utilizando
+ los denominados «trozos», que son partes del cuadro presentes en la memoria
+ de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
El valor predeterminado está establecido a sólo 20 filas.
Si estás usando cuadros largos con muchas páginas, la generación del documento
puede hacerse muy lenta.
(menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formato\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formato\SpecialChar menuseparator
Limpiar
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\backslash
\series default
-» en código TeX en el punto en que quieras cortar.
+» en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ en el punto en que quieras cortar.
Antes del comando «
\series bold
\backslash
\series default
-» debes insertar en código TeX tantos caracteres «
+» debes insertar en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ tantos caracteres «
\series bold
&
\series default
&
\series default
es el carácter para separar celdas.
- Escribe en código TeX después de cada
+ Escribe en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ después de cada
\series bold
&
\series default
la celda que debería cortarse está en la segunda columna seguida de otra
columna.
- Por eso, el siguiente comando se inserta en la celda en código TeX detrás
+ Por eso, el siguiente comando se inserta en la celda en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ detrás
de «
\emph on
Castelchiodato,
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-debe insertarse en código TeX al principio de la celda.
+debe insertarse en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ al principio de la celda.
Esto garantiza que la parte de la celda que será mostrada en la nueva página
aparecerá con toda su anchura.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="38" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
Líneas múltiples en celdas
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Líneas-Múltiples-en"
+name "subsec:Líneas-Múltiples-en"
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Si hay una palabra larga en una celda con anchura fija, LaTeX no puede cortarla
+Si hay una palabra larga en una celda con anchura fija, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ no puede cortarla
con guión si es la primera entrada.
Por eso hay que insertar algo para que dicha palabra no sea la primera
entrada: añade un espacio horizontal de 0
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
Multicolumnas
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Multicolumnas"
+name "subsec:Multicolumnas"
\end_inset
, el menú
\family sans
-Editar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cuadro\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cuadro\SpecialChar menuseparator
Multicolumna
\family default
, o clic derecho sobre las celdas marcadas y elige
multicolumna.
Aquí hay un ejemplo con una multicolumna en la primera fila y otra en la
última fila sin borde superior:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
Cálculos en multicolumnas
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Cálculos-en-Multicolumnas"
+name "subsec:Cálculos-en-Multicolumnas"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX soporta multicolumnas directamente, pero hay que prestar atención a
- la anchura de celda de las columnas combinadas en la celda multicolumna.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ soporta multicolumnas directamente, pero hay que prestar atención a la
+ anchura de celda de las columnas combinadas en la celda multicolumna.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" special=">{\centering}m{1.25cm-6.2pt}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="1.25cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Para habilitar cálculos en LaTeX, debe cargarse en el preámbulo el paquete
-
+Para habilitar cálculos en \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, debe cargarse en el preámbulo el paquete
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX no permite calcular longitudes en el campo Ancho del cuadro de diálogo.
- Por tanto hay que insertar un argumento LaTeX en el diálogo.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ no permite calcular longitudes en el campo Ancho del cuadro de diálogo.
+ Por tanto hay que insertar un argumento \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ en el diálogo.
He aquí un repaso de los argumentos:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Al introducir un argumento LaTeX, todas las propiedades de celda puestas
- en el diálogo se ignoran.
+Al introducir un argumento \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, todas las propiedades de celda puestas en el
+ diálogo se ignoran.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Nota:
\series default
- Debido a un error, LyX muestra de todas formas estas propiedades.
+ Debido a un error, \SpecialChar LyX
+ muestra de todas formas estas propiedades.
\end_layout
\end_inset
centering
\series default
centra horizontalmente el texto.
- Puedes entonces introducir el siguiente argumento de LaTeX para la primera
- columna extendida:
+ Puedes entonces introducir el siguiente argumento de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ para la primera columna
+ extendida:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Aunque hemos escogido alineación centrada para el texto de la celda multicolumna
, aún está alineado a la izquierda.
- Esto se debe a que LyX sólo aplica alineado a columnas simples.
- Así que para multicolumnas hemos de usar el argumento de LaTeX
+ Esto se debe a que \SpecialChar LyX
+ sólo aplica alineado a columnas simples.
+ Así que para multicolumnas hemos de usar el argumento de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Multifilas
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Multifilas"
+name "subsec:Multifilas"
\end_inset
, el menú
\family sans
-Editar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cuadro\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cuadro\SpecialChar menuseparator
Multifila
\family default
, o haz clic derecho sobre las celdas marcadas y elige
\begin_layout Standard
Aquí hay un ejemplo de cuadro con una multifila en la primera columna:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
en el preámbulo del documento.
Entonces se centran todas las entradas de celdas multifila en el documento.
Si sólo queremos centrar en algunos cuadros, se puede renombrar el comando
- en código TeX justo antes del cuadro en lugar de en el preámbulo.
+ en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ justo antes del cuadro en lugar de en el preámbulo.
Si el texto debe estar alineado a la derecha, reemplaza
\series bold
\end_inset
cm de ancho:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
Ctrl+Retorno
\family default
) pero esto no respetará la alineación de celda, como se ve en este cuadro:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="2cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_layout Standard
Para que el lector distinga los encabezados de filas y columnas, es útil
dividir la primera celda del cuadro con una o dos líneas diagonales.
- Esto es posible cargando el paquete LaTeX
+ Esto es posible cargando el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! diagbox
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! diagbox
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
diagbox
\series default
-, que se inserta en código TeX con dos o tres argumentos:
+, que se inserta en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ con dos o tres argumentos:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La siguiente sección sólo se mostrará en pantalla si está instalado el paquete
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\noindent
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
El esquema con tres argumentos puede ser útil, por ejemplo, para cuadros
de ligas deportivas o distancias:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-diagbox{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Equipo local
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}{
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
-Resultado
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Equipo visitante
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tigers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Panthers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Falcons
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tigers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1:3
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0:1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Panthers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3:1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0:0
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Falcons
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1:0
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0:0
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Para cuadros más grandes con datos cruzados se pueden usar celdas divididas
- en cada esquina del cuadro, como en el siguiente ejemplo:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+diagbox{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Equipo local
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Resultado
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Equipo visitante
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tigers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Panthers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Falcons
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tigers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1:3
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0:1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Panthers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+3:1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0:0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Falcons
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1:0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0:0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Para cuadros más grandes con datos cruzados se pueden usar celdas divididas
+ en cada esquina del cuadro, como en el siguiente ejemplo:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
La anchura adecuada para las celdas divididas se calcula automáticamente.
Si estableces una anchura fija de columna menor que la calculada, el contenido
sobrepasará los bordes de la celda:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
diagbox
\series default
, hay que crear una nueva longitud que se puede usar después.
- Esto se hace con los comandos en código TeX
+ Esto se hace con los comandos en código \SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Para habilitar cálculos en LaTeX hay que cargar el paquete
+Para habilitar cálculos en \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ hay que cargar el paquete
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
en la primera celda:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
la columna.
De otro modo, la longitud de la diagonal no puede calcularse correctamente,
como en este caso:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\end_inset
cm:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete LaTeX
+Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
diagbox
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hay que instalar el paquete LaTeX
+Hay que instalar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Para más información sobre el paquete LaTeX
+Para más información sobre el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Espacio-adicional"
+reference "subsec:Espacio-adicional"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Para dibujar líneas que no se extiendan a todas las columnas del cuadro,
puedes marcarlas como celdas multicolumna y entonces ponerles borde.
- LyX empleará internamente el comando
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ empleará internamente el comando
\series bold
\backslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Por el momento, LyX no soporta las opciones de
+Por el momento, \SpecialChar LyX
+ no soporta las opciones de
\series bold
\backslash
cmidrule
\series default
-, así que para usarlas hay que emplear código TeX.
+, así que para usarlas hay que emplear código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
Las líneas
\series bold
\backslash
cmidrule
\series default
- se pueden insertar manualmente con el comando en código TeX como primera
- entrada de la primera celda de una fila.
+ se pueden insertar manualmente con el comando en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ como primera entrada
+ de la primera celda de una fila.
En la salida se dibujará la línea sobre dicha fila.
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- Esto se consigue con el comando en código TeX
+ Esto se consigue con el comando en código \SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Para más información sobre estas características especiales, acude al manual
- del paquete LaTeX
+ del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
booktabs
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! booktabs
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! booktabs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Alineación-Vertical"
+reference "subsec:Alineación-Vertical"
\end_inset
).
En el ejemplo anterior, el segundo marco del primer ítem está alineado
- usando el comando en código TeX
+ usando el comando en código \SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
}
\series default
- también en código TeX.
+ también en código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
Para el segundo marco en el tercer ítem se usa el comando
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
Si sólo necesitas color en el texto, marca las celdas y elige un color en
el menú
\family sans
-Editar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Estilo
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- En cualquier otro caso hay que usar el paquete LaTeX
+ En cualquier otro caso hay que usar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La siguiente sección sólo se mostrará en pantalla si está instalado el paquete
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Cálculos-en-Multicolumnas"
+reference "subsec:Cálculos-en-Multicolumnas"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Ambos comandos se insertan al principio de una celda en código TeX.
+Ambos comandos se insertan al principio de una celda en código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Para colorear caracteres enl cuadro marca las celdas y usa el menú
\family sans
-Editar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Estilo
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Texto
\family default
.
- Si una celda contiene código TeX marca sólo los caracteres, si no el código
- TeX en color puede ocasionar errores de LaTeX.
+ Si una celda contiene código \SpecialChar TeX
+ marca sólo los caracteres, si no el código
+ \SpecialChar TeX
+ en color puede ocasionar errores de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-como argumento LaTeX para esta columna.
- La primera fila debe ser cian, por tanto inserta el comando en código TeX
+como argumento \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ para esta columna.
+ La primera fila debe ser cian, por tanto inserta el comando en código \SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
en la primera celda de esta fila.
Observa que esto sobrescribe el color de la columna para la primera celda.
La última celda de la última fila se colorea granate insertando el comando
- en código TeX
+ en código \SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Ahora podrían colorearse los caracteres usando el menú
\family sans
-Editar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Estilo
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special=">{\columncolor{verdeoscuro}\centering}c">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete LaTeX
+Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
colortbl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Debes instalar el paquete LaTeX
+Debes instalar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! xcolor
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! xcolor
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
- debe estar instalado, de lo contrario se producen errores de LaTeX.
+ debe estar instalado, de lo contrario se producen errores de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La siguiente sección sólo se mostrará en pantalla si está instalado el paquete
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-que se inserta en el preámbulo del documento o en código TeX delante del
- primer cuadro a colorear.
+que se inserta en el preámbulo del documento o en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ delante del primer
+ cuadro a colorear.
\emph on
número_de_fila
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete LaTeX
+Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
colortbl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Debes instalar el paquete LaTeX
+Debes instalar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Grosor-de-Líneas"
+reference "subsec:Grosor-de-Líneas"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Formato-Personalizado"
+reference "subsec:Formato-Personalizado"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- se usó el argumento LaTeX
+ se usó el argumento \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
WcW
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="WcW">
\end_inset
-, inserta estos comandos en código TeX antes del cuadro o del flotante:
+, inserta estos comandos en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ antes del cuadro o del flotante:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
Para volver al color de línea negro predeterminado inserta este comando
- en código TeX detrás del cuadro o el flotante:
+ en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ detrás del cuadro o el flotante:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="WcW">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
(contenido de la columna), más dos veces la separación entre el contenido
- y el borde (longitud LaTeX
+ y el borde (longitud \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt), más la anchura del borde (longitud LaTeX
+pt), más la anchura del borde (longitud \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_layout Standard
La anchura disponible para un cuadro es el espacio entre los márgenes de
página o la anchura de la columna de texto (en documentos a dos columnas;
- longitud LaTeX
+ longitud \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Para realizar cálculos hay que cargar el paquete LaTeX
+Para realizar cálculos hay que cargar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\family default
.
El esquema del comando es el mismo que se explica en la sección
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Cálculos-en-Multicolumnas"
+reference "subsec:Cálculos-en-Multicolumnas"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="20col%" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}*\real{0.75}}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="20col%" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}}">
Espacio adicional en filas
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Espacio-adicional"
+name "subsec:Espacio-adicional"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- LyX insertará 0.5
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ insertará 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\end_inset
fila añade espacio bajo los caracteres de la fila.
- Si el cuadro es formal LyX inserta por omisión 0.5
+ Si el cuadro es formal \SpecialChar LyX
+ inserta por omisión 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
filas añade espacio entre la fila actual y la siguiente.
- Si el cuadro es formal LyX inserta 0.5
+ Si el cuadro es formal \SpecialChar LyX
+ inserta 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\backslash
strut
\series default
- en código TeX al principio de la fila del cuadro.
+ en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ al principio de la fila del cuadro.
El cuadro
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
Alineación especial de celdas
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Alineación-especial-de"
+name "subsec:Alineación-especial-de"
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="decimal" decimal_point="," valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{}l">
<row>
Se ha añadido un pequeño espacio al comienzo de cada celda de la segunda
columna para mantener el espacio habitual alrededor de los operadores.
Para omitir el espacio que hay normalmente entre dos columnas se ha usado
- el siguiente argumento LaTeX para la segunda columna:
+ el siguiente argumento \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ para la segunda columna:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="6">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" special="@{}l">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
Formato personalizado de celda/columna
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Formato-Personalizado"
+name "subsec:Formato-Personalizado"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Cálculos-en-Multicolumnas"
+reference "subsec:Cálculos-en-Multicolumnas"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Líneas-Múltiples-en"
+reference "subsec:Líneas-Múltiples-en"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-como argumento LaTeX en el diálogo de cuadros para crear una multicolumna.
+como argumento \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ en el diálogo de cuadros para crear una multicolumna.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-como argumento LaTeX de la columna.
+como argumento \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ de la columna.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-como argumento LaTeX.
+como argumento \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
- usa los argumentos LaTeX
+ usa los argumentos \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm" special="M{2.5cm}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" special="S{2.5cm}{2}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
Grosor de líneas
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Grosor-de-Líneas"
+name "subsec:Grosor-de-Líneas"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en código TeX antes del cuadro o flotante.
+en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ antes del cuadro o flotante.
Este cambio es válido para todos los siguientes cuadros.
Para volver al valor predeterminado, define
\series bold
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt en código TeX detrás del cuadro o flotante.
+pt en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ detrás del cuadro o flotante.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_inset
-, inserta estos comandos en código TeX antes del cuadro o flotante:
+, inserta estos comandos en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ antes del cuadro o flotante:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Para volver al grosor predeterminado, inserta este comando en código TeX
- detrás del cuadro o flotante:
+Para volver al grosor predeterminado, inserta este comando en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ detrás
+ del cuadro o flotante:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Formato-Personalizado"
+reference "subsec:Formato-Personalizado"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- se usó el argumento LaTeX
+ se usó el argumento \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Vc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Vc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="VcV">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La siguiente sección sólo se mostrará en pantalla si está instalado el paquete
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special=":c">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-En principio LyX no soporta líneas de trazos, hay que usar código TeX.
- Antes hay que cargar en el preámbulo del documento el paquete LaTeX
+En principio \SpecialChar LyX
+ no soporta líneas de trazos, hay que usar código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Antes hay que cargar en el preámbulo del documento el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! arydshln
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! arydshln
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
:
\series default
-» junto con el carácter para alineación horizontal como argumento LaTeX
- en el diálogo de celdas de cuadros.
+» junto con el carácter para alineación horizontal como argumento \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ en el
+ diálogo de celdas de cuadros.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en código TeX como primer elemento de la primera celda en la fila.
+en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ como primer elemento de la primera celda en la fila.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en código TeX como primer elemento de la primera celda en la fila.
+en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ como primer elemento de la primera celda en la fila.
Si por ejemplo tienes una multicolumna extendida sobre las columnas 2 a
4 y quieres una línea de trazos por encima, añade el comando
\end_layout
\series bold
:c
\series default
-» como argumento LaTeX de la tercera columna.
- El comando en código TeX
+» como argumento \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ de la tercera columna.
+ El comando en código \SpecialChar TeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
hdashline
\series default
se ha insertado en la primera celda de la tercera fila y el comando en
- código TeX
+ código \SpecialChar TeX
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\columncolor{verdeoscuro}\centering}c">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=":c">
\begin_layout Standard
Para recuperar el color negro de las líneas, hay que insertar detrás del
- cuadro los comandos siguientes en código TeX:
+ cuadro los comandos siguientes en código \SpecialChar TeX
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-delante del cuadro, en código TeX.
+delante del cuadro, en código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
color es el nombre de un color definido.
El comando
\end_layout
\color none
Nota:
\series default
- El paquete LaTeX
+ El paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
- se debe cargar en el preámbulo del documento antes del paquete LaTeX
+ se debe cargar en el preámbulo del documento antes del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete LaTeX
+Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
arydshln
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Debes instalar el paquete LaTeX
+Debes instalar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
Para insertar un flotante, usa el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Flotante
\family default
(botón
\end_inset
.
- Para mantener legible el documento LyX, puedes abrir y cerrar el flotante
+ Para mantener legible el documento \SpecialChar LyX
+, puedes abrir y cerrar el flotante
con clic izquierdo sobre él.
Un cuadro cerrado se muestra así:
\begin_inset Graphics
\begin_layout Standard
Se recomienda insertar flotantes como párrafos separados para evitar posibles
- errores de LaTeX si el texto circundante se formatea de modo especial.
+ errores de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ si el texto circundante se formatea de modo especial.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-, respectivamente, LyX ofrece los tipos
+, respectivamente, \SpecialChar LyX
+ ofrece los tipos
\family sans
Algoritmo
\family default
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Algoritmos-Flotantes"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Este tipo de flotante se inserta con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Flotante\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Flotante\SpecialChar menuseparator
Algoritmo
\family default
.
.
Un posible entorno para algoritmos es
\family sans
-Código-LyX
+Código-\SpecialChar LyX
+
\family default
, descrito en la
\emph on
Guía del usuario
\emph default
- de LyX.
+ de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
El algoritmo
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Para insertar el índice de algoritmos puedes usar el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Índices\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Índices\SpecialChar menuseparator
Algoritmos
\family default
-, si el documento está en el mismo idioma que los menús de LyX.
- Para documentos en otro idioma usa en su lugar el comando en código TeX:
+, si el documento está en el mismo idioma que los menús de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Para documentos en otro idioma usa en su lugar el comando en código \SpecialChar TeX
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
en el menú
\family sans
-Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Configuración\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Configuración\SpecialChar menuseparator
Opciones para ecuaciones
\family default
.
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numeración-de-Notas-al-Pie"
+reference "subsec:Numeración-de-Notas-al-Pie"
\end_inset
Para referirse a un flotante, inserta una etiqueta en su leyenda con el
menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Etiqueta
\family default
o el botón
\end_inset
.
- LyX ofrece como texto las primeras palabras de la leyenda con un prefijo.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ ofrece como texto las primeras palabras de la leyenda con un prefijo.
El prefijo depende del tipo de flotante, p.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
La etiqueta se usa como ancla y el nombre para la referencia.
Puedes referenciar la etiqueta usando el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Referencia
\family default
.
Aparece una ventana de referencia cruzada con todas las etiquetas del documento.
- Si tienes abiertos varios documentos LyX, escoge aquel con el que estás
- trabajando de la lista desplegable de la parte superior del diálogo.
+ Si tienes abiertos varios documentos \SpecialChar LyX
+, escoge aquel con el que estás trabajando
+ de la lista desplegable de la parte superior del diálogo.
Puedes ordenar las etiquetas alfabéticamente y elegir una.
Se inserta un cuadro gris como este:
\begin_inset Graphics
Formatos de referencia cruzada
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Formatos-referencia-cruzada"
+name "subsec:Formatos-referencia-cruzada"
\end_inset
\series bold
Nota:
\series default
- Esta característica sólo está disponible si está instalado el paquete LaTeX
+ Esta característica sólo está disponible si está instalado el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
prettyref
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Se puede seleccionar el paquete LaTeX a usar con esta característica marcando
+Se puede seleccionar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ a usar con esta característica marcando
la opción
\family sans
Usar refstyle (no prettyref) para las referencias cruzadas
\family default
en el menú
\family sans
-Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Configuración\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Configuración\SpecialChar menuseparator
Clase de documento
\family default
.
\begin_layout Standard
El número y página actual de la parte del documento referida es automáticamente
- calculado por LaTeX en la salida.
+ calculado por \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ en la salida.
Las variedades se ajustan en el campo
\family sans
Formato
\series bold
Nota:
\series default
-Se recomienda usar el paquete LaTeX
+Se recomienda usar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
-, por ejemplo, es la abreviatura en LyX para las etiquetas de leyendas de
- figuras.
+, por ejemplo, es la abreviatura en \SpecialChar LyX
+ para las etiquetas de leyendas de figuras.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- posibles en LyX y no está internacionalizado.
+ posibles en \SpecialChar LyX
+ y no está internacionalizado.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
Nota:
\series default
- Debido a un fallo en el paquete LaTeX
+ Debido a un fallo en el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
varioref
\series default
versión 1.4w, algunos formatos de las referencias cruzadas provocarán errores
- de LaTeX en documentos cuyo idioma haga activo el carácter punto (como
- el francés).
+ de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ en documentos cuyo idioma haga activo el carácter punto (como el francés).
Para una solución provisional, véase
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-El paquete LaTeX
+El paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
del diálogo
\family sans
-Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
Configuración
\family default
, dispone de una característica muy útil que permite incluir automáticamente
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
- e inserta la siguiente línea en el preámbulo LaTeX:
+ e inserta la siguiente línea en el preámbulo \SpecialChar LaTeX
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Formatos-referencia-cruzada"
+reference "subsec:Formatos-referencia-cruzada"
\end_inset
Colocación de referencias
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Colocación-de-Referencias"
+name "subsec:Colocación-de-Referencias"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
del diálogo
\family sans
-Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
Configuración
\family default
, para enlazar referencias cruzadas en la salida, verás que al pinchar sobre
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! hypcap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! hypcap
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, que forma parte del paquete LaTeX
+, que forma parte del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
oberdiek
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! oberdiek
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! oberdiek
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Configuración
\family default
-, se abre un diálogo en el que pueden cambiarse las opciones de LaTeX para
- situar los flotantes.
+, se abre un diálogo en el que pueden cambiarse las opciones de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ para situar
+ los flotantes.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX usa
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ usa
\emph on
siempre
\emph default
ese orden de opciones.
- Significa que si usas la colocación predeterminada, LaTeX probará en primer
+ Significa que si usas la colocación predeterminada, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ probará en primer
lugar
\family sans
Aquí
página
\family default
, y después las otras.
- Si no usas la predeterminada, LaTeX sólo probará las opciones marcadas
- pero en dicho orden.
+ Si no usas la predeterminada, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ sólo probará las opciones marcadas pero
+ en dicho orden.
Si no es posible ninguna de las 4 ubicaciones el proceso se repite internamente
pero intenta poner el flotante en la página siguiente.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\family default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-También puedes redefinir las reglas con los comandos LaTeX que van entre
- paréntesis tras la descripción de las reglas anteriores.
+También puedes redefinir las reglas con los comandos \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ que van entre paréntesis
+ tras la descripción de las reglas anteriores.
Por ejemplo, para aumentar el valor predeterminado, quizás pequeño, de
la regla
\family sans
página mientras que su sección correspondiente empieza en mitad de la página,
así que el lector podría creer que el flotante forma parte de la sección
anterior.
- Para evitarlo puede emplearse el comando LaTeX
+ Para evitarlo puede emplearse el comando \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
Se puede hacer lo mismo para todas las cabeceras de sección, capítulos y
subsecciones.
No es recomendable para partes pequeñas de texto como subsubsecciones porque
- LaTeX podría tener problemas para encontrar una ubicación adecuada.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ podría tener problemas para encontrar una ubicación adecuada.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
En ciertos casos se quieren tener todas las figuras/cuadros al final del
documento.
- Para estos casos está el paquete LaTeX
+ Para estos casos está el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
endfloat
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! endfloat
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! endfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
ss
\series default
-» en código TeX en vez de «ß».
+» en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ en vez de «ß».
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Más detalles sobre ubicación de flotantes en libros sobre LaTeX como
+Más detalles sobre ubicación de flotantes en libros sobre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ como
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Flotantes
\family default
.
- En LyX las leyendas se muestran como etiqueta, p.
+ En \SpecialChar LyX
+ las leyendas se muestran como etiqueta, p.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Para cambiar el formato predeterminado carga el paquete LaTeX
+Para cambiar el formato predeterminado carga el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Desafortunadamente, las clases estándar de LaTeX no soportan leyendas sobre
- un cuadro.
+Desafortunadamente, las clases estándar de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ no soportan leyendas sobre un
+ cuadro.
Esto implica que si usas las clases de documento
\family sans
article
report
\family default
no habrá espacio entre la leyenda y el cuadro.
- Para insertar el espacio adecuado, carga el paquete LaTeX
+ Para insertar el espacio adecuado, carga el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\end_inset
También es posible poner la leyenda junto a una figura o cuadro.
- Para conseguirlo hay que cargar el paquete LaTeX
+ Para conseguirlo hay que cargar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! sidecap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! sidecap
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La siguiente sección sólo se mostrará en pantalla si está instalado el paquete
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Para situar en LyX la leyenda de un flotante al lado, es necesario añadir
- estos comandos al preámbulo del documento:
+Para situar en \SpecialChar LyX
+ la leyenda de un flotante al lado, es necesario añadir estos
+ comandos al preámbulo del documento:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en código TeX antes del flotante.
+en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ antes del flotante.
Y inserta
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en código TeX en el punto en que quieras volver a la definición original
- de flotantes.
+en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ en el punto en que quieras volver a la definición original de
+ flotantes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en el preámbulo o en código TeX antes del flotante.
+en el preámbulo o en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ antes del flotante.
El
\emph on
tipo de flotante
\series bold
Nota:
\series default
- El paquete LaTeX
+ El paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
hypcap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! hypcap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! hypcap
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Colocación-de-Referencias"
+reference "subsec:Colocación-de-Referencias"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete LaTeX
+Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
sidecap
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Debes instalar el paquete LaTeX
+Debes instalar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
índices para todos los tipos de flotantes, como las figuras.
Se pueden insertar mediante los submenús
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Índice
\family default
s.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Notas en LyX
+Notas en \SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Notas ! en LyX
+Notas ! en \SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
o con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Nota
\family default
.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX Este tipo es para notas internas que no han de aparecer en la salida.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ Este tipo es para notas internas que no han de aparecer en la salida.
Su cuadro se muestra como este:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Comentario Esta nota tampoco se muestra en la salida pero aparece como un
- comentario de LaTeX, cuando exportas el documento a LaTeX vía menú
+ comentario de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, cuando exportas el documento a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ vía menú
\family sans
-Archivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Exportar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
+Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exportar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ (pdflatex) / (plain)
\family default
.
Su recuadro se ve así:
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Una nota comentario que sólo aparece como comentario en archivos LaTeX.
+Una nota comentario que sólo aparece como comentario en archivos \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La nota resaltada en gris se ha redefinido aquí para mostrarla con la definición
- original de LyX, ya que en el preámbulo de este documento se han redefinido
+ original de \SpecialChar LyX
+, ya que en el preámbulo de este documento se han redefinido
estas notas para que salgan en azul, como se indica más adelante.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\family default
.
Puedes cambiar entre los tres tipos de nota con clic derecho sobre el recuadro.
El color de las notas resaltadas en gris puede cambiarse en el menú
\family sans
-Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Configuración\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Configuración\SpecialChar menuseparator
Colores
\family default
.
o el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Nota
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
En la salida, el pie se muestra como número voladito en el lugar del texto
donde se coloca el recuadro.
El texto se coloca al final de la página actual.
- Los números de las notas son calculados por LaTeX, y son consecutivos.
+ Los números de las notas son calculados por \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, y son consecutivos.
Si comienza o no el recuento en cada capítulo depende de la clase de documento.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Debido a razones técnicas, LaTeX no imprime las notas al pie en cuadros.
+Debido a razones técnicas, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ no imprime las notas al pie en cuadros.
No obstante, hay otro método para imprimirlas: en lugar de la nota al pie
se inserta el comando
\series bold
\backslash
footnotemark{}
\series default
- en código TeX.
+ en código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
El texto de la nota se introduce como argumento del comando
\series bold
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Notas-al-pie-en-Cuadros-Largos"
+reference "subsec:Notas-al-pie-en-Cuadros-Largos"
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
footnotemark[number]
\series default
- en código TeX.
+ en código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Como el número de la nota repetida no se conoce mientras se escribe el texto,
hay que guardarlo.
En el siguiente ejemplo de marca de una nota, se han insertado los siguientes
- comandos en código TeX después de la nota al pie
+ comandos en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ después de la nota al pie
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Numeración de notas al pie
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Numeración-de-Notas-al-Pie"
+name "subsec:Numeración-de-Notas-al-Pie"
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, usa el paquete LaTeX
+, usa el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
ftnright
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! ftnright
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! ftnright
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
Colocación de la nota al pie en documentos a dos columnas cuando se usa
- el paquete LaTeX
+ el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
ftnright
\series default
en vez de a pie de página, carga en el menú
\family sans
-Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Configuratión\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Configuratión\SpecialChar menuseparator
Módulos
\family default
el módulo
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en código TeX al final de una sección o capítulo.
+en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ al final de una sección o capítulo.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numeración-de-Notas-al-Pie"
+reference "subsec:Numeración-de-Notas-al-Pie"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numeración-de-Notas-al-Pie"
+reference "subsec:Numeración-de-Notas-al-Pie"
\end_inset
\end_inset
Las notas al pie también pueden colocarse al margen de la página y la alineación
- del texto del pie también puede cambiarse, véase el paquete LaTeX
+ del texto del pie también puede cambiarse, véase el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
footmisc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! footmisc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! footmisc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Para otras posibilidades de diseño de notas al pie mira en libros de LaTeX,
-
+Para otras posibilidades de diseño de notas al pie mira en libros de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Las notas al margen se ven y se comportan en LyX como notas al pie.
+Las notas al margen se ven y se comportan en \SpecialChar LyX
+ como notas al pie.
Se insertan con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Nota
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en código TeX antes de la nota.
+en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ antes de la nota.
La nueva colocación es válida para todas las siguientes notas al margen.
\begin_inset ERT
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Para volver a la ubicación predeterminada inserta en código TeX el comando
+Para volver a la ubicación predeterminada inserta en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ el comando
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Líneas-Múltiples-en"
+reference "subsec:Líneas-Múltiples-en"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La siguiente sección sólo se mostrará en pantalla si está instalado el paquete
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Esta restricción se puede salvar con el paquete LaTeX
+Esta restricción se puede salvar con el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! marginnote
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! marginnote
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- Poniendo estas dos líneas en el preámbulo, el comando usado por LyX para
- notas al margen es redefinido para usar el comando proporcionado por el
- paquete
+ Poniendo estas dos líneas en el preámbulo, el comando usado por \SpecialChar LyX
+ para notas
+ al margen es redefinido para usar el comando proporcionado por el paquete
+
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
vertical a la nota.
A veces esto hace falta si hay demasiadas notas juntas o para mejorar el
diseño de la página.
- En LyX, el desplazamiento se escribe directamente tras la nota al margen,
- en código TeX
+ En \SpecialChar LyX
+, el desplazamiento se escribe directamente tras la nota al margen,
+ en código \SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-cm arriba con el comando en código TeX
+cm arriba con el comando en código \SpecialChar TeX
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete LaTeX
+Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
marginnote
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Debes instalar el paquete LaTeX
+Debes instalar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Alineación-Vertical"
+reference "subsec:Alineación-Vertical"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Se insertan con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Marco
\family default
o con el botón
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "depth"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "2in"
height_special "height"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "width"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
La alineación horizontal del marco puede establecerse en el diálogo de configura
-ción de párrafo de LyX si colocas el marco en su propio párrafo.
+ción de párrafo de \SpecialChar LyX
+ si colocas el marco en su propio párrafo.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
Para estirar horizontalmente el contenido usa el diálogo de párrafos de
- LyX cuando hayas escogido un
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ cuando hayas escogido un
\family sans
Marco
\begin_inset space ~
special "none"
height "1.25in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
, puedes alinear horizontalmente el contenido del marco en el diálogo de
marcos.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1.25in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
sencillo Dibuja un borde rectangular alrededor del marco.
- El grosor del borde depende de
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
+ El grosor del borde
+\lang english
+ can be specified
+\lang spanish
.
\begin_inset Box Boxed
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
sombreado Dibuja un borde rectangular de sombra alrededor del marco.
- El grosor de la línea tiene el tamaño dado por
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-, la sombra tiene una anchura de 4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
+ El grosor de la línea y la sombra
+\lang english
+can be specified
+\lang spanish
+.
\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
position "c"
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+grosor
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+del
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-, el de la línea exterior es 1.5
+borde, el de la línea exterior es 1.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+grosor
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+del
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-.
+borde.
La distancia entre líneas es 1.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+grosor
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
+del
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+borde
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-La etiqueta del marco en LyX reflejará el estilo de borde elegido.
+La etiqueta del marco en \SpecialChar LyX
+ reflejará el estilo de borde elegido.
Para poder utilizar los distintos bordes, debe estar instalado el paquete
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
fancybox
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! fancybox
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! fancybox
\end_layout
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-El valor predeterminado por
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
- es 0.4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- Puede cambiarse con el siguiente comando en código TeX, p.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ej.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-a
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Boxed
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Marco rectangular con
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{0.4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-El espacio entre el borde y el contenido del cuadro es 3
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt por omisión para todos los estilos.
- Se puede cambiar mediante la longitud
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-.
- Por ejemplo el comando
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{10pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-determina un valor de 10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt, como en el siguiente marco:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{10pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Boxed
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Marco rectangular con
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{3pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
El diámetro de las esquinas de los bordes ovalados se puede modificar con
el comando
\series bold
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-El tamaño de la sombra se puede ajustar cambiando la longitud
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-shadowsize
-\series default
-.
- Este comando la ajusta a 2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt en el marco siguiente:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "28col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Borde sombreado con
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-shadowsize
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Por omisión, el tamaño
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-FrameRule
-\series default
- es 0,4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- El espacio por omisión entre el contenido de la nota y el marco es 9
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt; puede cambiarse con el valor de
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-FrameSep
-\series default
-.
- Por ejemplo, el borde del marco siguiente se establece con los comandos
- en código TeX
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{5pt}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{0.5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{5pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{0.5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Framed
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 0
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Texto en un marco con borde sencillo de 5
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- que permite
-\family sans
-
-\family default
-salto de página.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{0.4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{9pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Herramientas
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Preferencias
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Colores
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
marco
\backslash
definecolor
\series default
- requiere el paquete LaTeX
+ requiere el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
color
\series default
\end_inset
- Por ejemplo, la nota siguiente se define con los comandos en código TeX
+ Por ejemplo, la nota siguiente se define con los comandos en código \SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Las minipáginas son tratadas por LaTeX como páginas dentro de páginas y
- por tanto pueden tener, por ejemplo, sus propias notas al pie.
+Las minipáginas son tratadas por \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ como páginas dentro de páginas y por tanto
+ pueden tener, por ejemplo, sus propias notas al pie.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
% y separadas por un relleno horizontal, insertado mediante el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formato\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formato\SpecialChar menuseparator
Relleno
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Color-en-Párrafos"
+reference "sec:Marcos-Coloreados"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Los marcos de párrafo son similares a las minipáginas con la diferencia
de que no pueden contener notas al pie.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
-
\series default
-» en código TeX directamente antes de la palabra:
+» en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ directamente antes de la palabra:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Por supuesto, la palabra sobresale del margen.
Para evitarlo añade, con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formato\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formato\SpecialChar menuseparator
Salto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Alineación vertical
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Alineación-Vertical"
+name "subsec:Alineación-Vertical"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en código TeX antes de la palabra.
+en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ antes de la palabra.
Detrás de la palabra inserta una llave de cierre «
\series bold
}
\series default
-» en código TeX.
+» en código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
Esto es una línea de texto con la palabra
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Colorear el fondo de un texto
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+To color the background of a box just select the color you like in the box
+ dialog.
+ This is for example a box with orange background:
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 1
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "orange"
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! de fondo en un texto
+
+\lang english
+Box with orange background
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Para colorear el fondo de un texto, éste debe ponerse en un marco coloreado.
- Esto requiere cargar el paquete LaTeX
-\series bold
-color
-\series default
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\lang english
+If you use the decoration
+\family sans
+\lang spanish
+Borde
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+rectangular
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+sencillo
+\family default
+\lang english
+ you can set a frame color.
+ In this case you must also specify a background color (LyX sets white as
+ default).
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Box Boxed
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "teal"
+backgroundcolor "yellow"
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! color
+
+\lang english
+Box with teal frame color and yellow background color
\end_layout
\end_inset
- en el preámbulo del documento con
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-@ifundef\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-ined{textcolor}
+\lang english
+Of course you can also have colored text inside a colored box:
+\lang spanish
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+\begin_inset Box Boxed
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "cyan"
+backgroundcolor "magenta"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-\begin_inset space ~
+\color yellow
+Marco con texto, fondo y borde en distintos colores.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-{
-\backslash
-usepackage{color}}{}
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX cargará automáticamente el paquete
-\series bold
-color
-\series default
- cuando colorees texto.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Para evitar cargarlo dos veces se usa el comando
-\series bold
+\lang english
+If you need another color than the predefined ones,
+\lang spanish
+ puedes definir tus propios colores según se explica en la sección
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-@ifundef\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-ined
-\series default
-.
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cuadros-Coloreados"
+\end_inset
+.
+
+\lang english
+To use your own color you must typeset the box by using TeX code:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-Los marcos coloreados se crean con el comando
+\lang english
+Colored boxes without frame
+\lang spanish
+se crean con el comando
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_layout Standard
El contenido también puede ser un marco y los marcos coloreados también
pueden estar en otros marcos.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Los siguientes colores están predefinidos:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-red
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-green
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-yellow, blue
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-cyan
-\family default
-\series bold
-,
-\series default
-
-\family sans
-magenta, black
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-white
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-También puedes definir tus propios colores según se explica en la sección
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cuadros-Coloreados"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Por ejemplo, para poner fondo rojo a una palabra, inserta el comando
+ Por ejemplo, para poner fondo verdeoscuro a una palabra, inserta el comando
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-colorbox{red}{
+colorbox{verdeoscuro}{
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en código TeX antes de la palabra.
+en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ antes de la palabra.
Tras la palabra inserta una llave de cierre «
\series bold
}
\series default
-» en código TeX.
+» en código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\backslash
-colorbox{red}{
+colorbox{verdeoscuro}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
- tiene fondo rojo.
+ tiene fondo verdeoscuro.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-Si quieres un borde de distinto color, puedes emplear el comando
+\lang english
+Framed, colored boxes are created
+\lang spanish
+ con el comando
\series bold
\backslash
fcolorbox{color del borde}{color del fondo}{contenido del marco}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox
-\series default
- es una extensión de
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox
-\series default
-.
- El grosor del borde y el espacio entre él y el contenido se puede ajustar
- con las longitudes
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
- y
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-, respectivamente, como se describe en la sección
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Decoración"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Para el ejemplo siguiente se ha utilizado el comando
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Este es un ejemplo en el que se ha puesto un grosor de 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-mm para la línea del borde:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule 1mm
-\backslash
-fboxsep 1mm
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Texto en un marco con fondo y borde en distintos colores.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-Por supuesto, también puedes colorear el texto en un marco coloreado:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\color yellow
-Marco con texto, fondo y borde en distintos colores.
-\color none
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule 0.4pt
-\backslash
-fboxsep 3pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Nota:
-\series default
- El texto en marcos con fondo coloreado no puede tener saltos de línea.
- Para colorear líneas o párrafos múltiples, usa un marco dentro de un marco
- coloreado como se describe a continuación.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Colorear el fondo de párrafos
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Color-en-Párrafos"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! en párrafos
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Para poner color de fondo en más de una línea, pon el texto en una minipágina.
- Antes de la minipágina inserta el comando
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox
-\series default
- en código TeX
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox{color}{
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Detrás de la minipágina inserta una llave de cierre «
-\series bold
-}
-\series default
-», también en código TeX.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-colorbox{grisclaro}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Texto con color de fondo.
- Texto con color de fondo.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
-\end_inset
-
-El texto puede tener notas al pie
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Otro ejemplo de nota
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- y puede incluir cuadros y figuras.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-a
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-!
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-b2
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-|
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
->
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-§
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-c
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Marcos girados y a escala
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Para poder usar los comandos descritos en esta sección hay que cargar el
- paquete LaTeX
+ paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
graphicx
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! graphicx
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! graphicx
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
rotatebox
\series default
- en código TeX, según el esquema:
+ en código \SpecialChar TeX
+, según el esquema:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
rotatebox[origin=c]{60}{
\series default
-como código TeX delante del texto «con rotación»; después del texto, el
- marco se ha cerrado con llave en código TeX.
+como código \SpecialChar TeX
+ delante del texto «con rotación»; después del texto, el marco
+ se ha cerrado con llave en código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "width"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\backslash
resizebox
\series default
-en código TeX.
+en código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
resizebox
\series default
- son cero, no se generan errores de LaTeX al exportar el documento, pero
- puede suceder que la salida no se muestre o que sea incompleta.
+ son cero, no se generan errores de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ al exportar el documento, pero puede
+ suceder que la salida no se muestre o que sea incompleta.
\end_layout
\series default
genera:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
Un marco puede contener imágenes, cuadros y ecuaciones en línea:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
de modo que ocupe sólo una parte del ancho de columna.
Se inserta con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Flotante\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Flotante\SpecialChar menuseparator
Figura
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
envuelto
\family default
- si está instalado el paquete LaTeX
+ si está instalado el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
wrapfig
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! wrapfig
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! wrapfig
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-La instalación de paquetes LaTeX se explica en el manual
+La instalación de paquetes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ se explica en el manual
\emph on
-Configuración de LaTeX
+Configuración de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\emph default
.
\end_layout
:, que indica cuántas líneas de texto necesitará aproximadamente el flotante.
Como suele ser difícil estimar el número de líneas, lo mejor es usar esta
opción sólo si encuentras problemas en la colocación del flotante.
- Además puedes decidir si permitir que LaTeX deje flotar el flotante dentro
- del párrafo o en los párrafos adyacentes.
+ Además puedes decidir si permitir que \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ deje flotar el flotante dentro del
+ párrafo o en los párrafos adyacentes.
La figura
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
, tienen estas posiciones en el párrafo:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
y
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
+ scale 70
+ scaleBeforeRotation
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
+ scale 70
+ scaleBeforeRotation
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
texto
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
+ scale 70
+ scaleBeforeRotation
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texto
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
+puedes usar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texto
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-puedes usar el paquete LaTeX
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! picinpar
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! picinpar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La siguiente sección sólo se mostrará en pantalla si está instalado el paquete
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en código TeX al principio del párrafo.
+en código \SpecialChar TeX
+ al principio del párrafo.
El primer parámetro en el corchete, aquí '2', define el número de líneas
sobre el objeto, el segundo, aquí 'c', la posición del objeto.
Las posiciones permitidas son 'l', 'c' y 'r' (izquierda, centro, derecha).
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete LaTeX
+Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
picinpar
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Debes instalar el paquete LaTeX
+Debes instalar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Para usar letras capitales debe estar instalado el paquete LaTeX
+Para usar letras capitales debe estar instalado el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! lettrine
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! lettrine
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
en el documento (menú
\family sans
-Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Configuración\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Configuración\SpecialChar menuseparator
Módulos
\family default
).
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La siguiente sección sólo se mostrará en pantalla si está instalado el paquete
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\end_inset
:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Solo una línea rodea a la capital, constituida por dos letras en tipo normal
y no se imprime nada en versalitas:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
{
\backslash
usepackage{color}}{}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete LaTeX
+Lo siguiente se mostrará en pantalla si no está instalado el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
lettrine
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Debes instalar el paquete LaTeX
+Debes instalar el paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
Con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Archivo
\family default
se pueden insertar archivos externos en un documento.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX Otro documento LyX; su contenido se inserta directamente en tu documento.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ Otro documento \SpecialChar LyX
+; su contenido se inserta directamente en tu documento.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-hijo Documentos LyX, LaTeX o texto simple.
+hijo Documentos \SpecialChar LyX
+, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ o texto simple.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
Esta característica te permite insertar archivos en tu documento sin convertirlo
-s previamente a un formato legible en la salida, ya que LyX se ocupa de
- las necesarias conversiones.
+s previamente a un formato legible en la salida, ya que \SpecialChar LyX
+ se ocupa de las
+ necesarias conversiones.
Esto es parecido a la inserción de imágenes en diversos formatos en los
- documentos LyX.
- Si has activado la Vista preliminar inmediata en las preferencias de LyX,
+ documentos \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Si has activado la Vista preliminar inmediata en las preferencias de \SpecialChar LyX
+,
en
\family sans
Apariencia
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
Gráficos, los tipos de material externo Dia y Xfig se muestran directamente
- en LyX.
+ en \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
El material externo se puede insertar mediante el diálogo que surge a partir
del menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Archivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
Material
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- Para que esto funcione LyX debe haber encontrado el programa
+ Para que esto funcione \SpecialChar LyX
+ debe haber encontrado el programa
\family typewriter
ssconvert
\family default
A continuación hay una fecha insertada como material externo:
\begin_inset External
template Date
- filename es/...
+ filename es
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-La fecha no se muestra en LyX, sólo en la salida.
+La fecha no se muestra en \SpecialChar LyX
+, sólo en la salida.
Hay otros dos métodos de insertar una fecha, con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Fecha
\family default
- y con el comando LaTeX
+ y con el comando \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
today
\series default
- en código TeX.
+ en código \SpecialChar TeX
+.
Los distintos métodos se comparan en el cuadro
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\emph on
lilypond.lyx
\emph default
- para más información sobre el soporte de LyX a LilyPond.
+ para más información sobre el soporte de \SpecialChar LyX
+ a LilyPond.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family default
de la pestaña
\family sans
-Opciones de LaTeX y LyX
+Opciones de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ y \SpecialChar LyX
+
\family default
.
El argumento de esta opción es una lista separada con comas que contiene
\series default
será ignorada.
Para más información y otras opciones posibles, consulta la documentación
- del paquete LaTeX
+ del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
pdfpages
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! pdfpages
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! pdfpages
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Fin de fotograma
\family default
- y, en un párrafo siguiente, un recuadro de código TeX con el comando
+ y, en un párrafo siguiente, un recuadro de código \SpecialChar TeX
+ con el comando
\series bold
\backslash
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Material externo\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Material externo\SpecialChar menuseparator
Fecha
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Fecha
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-como cuadro código TeX
+como cuadro código \SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
-El material externo se muestra en LyX como un recuadro del tipo:
+El material externo se muestra en \SpecialChar LyX
+ como un recuadro del tipo:
\family sans
\family default
o como imagen, dependiendo de si se marca la opción
\family sans
-Mostrar en LyX
+Mostrar en \SpecialChar LyX
+
\family default
de la pestaña
\family sans
-Opciones de LaTeX y LyX
+Opciones de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ y \SpecialChar LyX
+
\family default
del diálogo
\family sans
Estos archivos se conocen como documentos hijos, y el llamado documento
maestro los conecta con el fin de imprimirlos como un todo o por partes.
Un documento hijo hereda contenidos de su maestro, por ejemplo el preámbulo
- LaTeX, la bibliografía y las etiquetas de las referencias cruzadas.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, la bibliografía y las etiquetas de las referencias cruzadas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Para poder trabajar en documentos hijos sin necesidad de abrir el maestro,
en el menú
\family sans
-Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Configuración\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Configuración\SpecialChar menuseparator
Clase del documento
\family default
del documento hijo especifica el documento maestro predeterminado.
- Este maestro será usado entonces por LyX en un segundo plano cuando edites
+ Este maestro será usado entonces por \SpecialChar LyX
+ en un segundo plano cuando edites
el documento hijo.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Los documentos incluidos como hijos se muestran en la pantalla de LyX como
+Los documentos incluidos como hijos se muestran en la pantalla de \SpecialChar LyX
+ como
recuadros del tipo:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/DocumentoHijoQt4.png
\family sans
Insertar
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Archivo
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Documento
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Anexar Puedes incluir documentos LyX y documentos LaTeX.
+Anexar Puedes incluir documentos \SpecialChar LyX
+ y documentos \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
Al pulsar el botón
\family sans
Editar
Documento hijo
\family default
, los documentos incluidos se abrirán en una nueva solapa de archivo en
- la ventana de LyX y así puedes modificarlos si quieres.
+ la ventana de \SpecialChar LyX
+ y así puedes modificarlos si quieres.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Subsección-Externa-1"
+reference "subsec:Subsección-Externa-1"
\end_inset
\series bold
Nota:
\series default
- Si has incluido un archivo LyX o LaTeX cuya clase de documento es distinta
- a la del documento maestro, recibirás una advertencia al exportar/ver el
- documento, ya que esto podría dar resultados inesperados.
+ Si has incluido un archivo \SpecialChar LyX
+ o \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ cuya clase de documento es distinta a la
+ del documento maestro, recibirás una advertencia al exportar/ver el documento,
+ ya que esto podría dar resultados inesperados.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
.
Las diferencias son:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Los archivos incorporados pueden visualizar en LyX si la
+Los archivos incorporados pueden visualizar en \SpecialChar LyX
+ si la
\family sans
Vista
\begin_inset space ~
\family default
está activada en el diálogo
\family sans
-Herramientas\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Herramientas\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferencias
\family default
, apartado
\family sans
-Apariencia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Apariencia\SpecialChar menuseparator
Visualización
\family default
.
\begin_layout Itemize
Los archivos incorporados no se pueden excluir mediante el menú
\family sans
-Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Configuración\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Configuración\SpecialChar menuseparator
Documentos hijo
\family default
.
\emph on
input
\emph default
- como fuente de LaTeX:
+ como fuente de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\family sans
Insertar
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Archivo
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Texto
simple
\family default
- es que en este caso el contenido del archivo se ve en LyX, mientras que
- en modo
+ es que en este caso el contenido del archivo se ve en \SpecialChar LyX
+, mientras que en
+ modo
\family sans
Literal
\family default
Nota:
\series default
Incluir el mismo documento dos veces con métodos diferentes podría causar
- problemas en LaTeX.
+ problemas en \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
individuales del libro, puedes excluir hijos en la salida.
Esto se consigue mediante el menú
\family sans
-Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Configuración\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Configuración\SpecialChar menuseparator
Documento hijo
\family default
.
\family sans
Mantener contadores y referencias
\family default
- LyX garantiza que todos los números de página, referencias, etc., se respetan
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ garantiza que todos los números de página, referencias, etc., se respetan
como si se procesara el documento completo.
- No obstante, LyX tiene que procesar el documento entero en segundo plano
- para que esta característica funcione.
+ No obstante, \SpecialChar LyX
+ tiene que procesar el documento entero en segundo plano para
+ que esta característica funcione.
Por tanto, si quieres ahorrar tiempo de compilación, y no es preciso mantener
los contadores y referencias, desmarca esta casilla.
\end_layout
\emph on
Guía del usuario
\emph default
- de LyX.
+ de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Para incluir y tipografiar código de programación puedes usar la opción
de menú disponible en
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Listado
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
código.
\family default
-El paquete LaTeX
+El paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
listings
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! listings
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Se puede añadir una leyenda a un listado de código con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Leyenda
\family default
.
Con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Índices\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Índices\SpecialChar menuseparator
Listados
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Documento
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Configuración
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Tipografías.
También es posible imprimir como listado de código líneas de un archivo.
Para hacer esto, usa el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Archivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
Documento
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
etiqueta en el campo correspondiente del diálogo de documento hijo.
Después se puede referenciar la etiqueta con el menú
\family sans
-Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Referencia cruzada.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-15 de este archivo LyX.
+15 de este archivo \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Los parámetros globales para listados de programa se pueden establecer en
el diálogo
\family sans
-Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Configuración\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Configuración\SpecialChar menuseparator
Listado
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Chapter
\start_of_appendix
-Unidades disponibles en LyX
+Unidades disponibles en \SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
- describe todas las unidades disponibles en LyX.
+ describe todas las unidades disponibles en \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_layout Standard
Un documento se exporta a DVI con el menú
\family sans
-Archivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Exportar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exportar\SpecialChar menuseparator
DVI
\family default
.
Puedes ver la salida del documento en DVI con el menú
\family sans
-Ver\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ver\SpecialChar menuseparator
DVI
\family default
.
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Si estás interesado en este tema acude al paquete LaTeX
+Si estás interesado en este tema acude al paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
PSTricks
\series default
.eps
\family default
»).
- Como LyX permite usar cualquier formato de imagen conocido, tiene que trabajar
+ Como \SpecialChar LyX
+ permite usar cualquier formato de imagen conocido, tiene que trabajar
en segundo plano para convertir las imágenes a EPS.
- Si por ejemplo, el documento tiene 50 imágenes, LyX ha de hacer 50 conversiones
+ Si por ejemplo, el documento tiene 50 imágenes, \SpecialChar LyX
+ ha de hacer 50 conversiones
cada vez que veas o exportes el documento.
Esto ralentizará mucho el trabajo, así que si piensas usar PostScript,
puedes evitar el problema insertando las imágenes directamente en EPS.
\begin_layout Standard
El documento se puede exportar a PostScript con el menú
\family sans
-Archivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Exportar\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exportar\SpecialChar menuseparator
Postscript
\family default
.
Se puede ver la salida en PostScript con el menú
\family sans
-Ver\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ver\SpecialChar menuseparator
Postscript
\family default
.
.png
\family default
»).
- Aunque puedes poner cualquier otro formato de imagen, porque LyX los convierte
+ Aunque puedes poner cualquier otro formato de imagen, porque \SpecialChar LyX
+ los convierte
en segundo plano a alguno de los anteriores.
Pero como se ha comentado en la sección sobre PostScript, la conversión
de gráficos ralentiza el trabajo.
\begin_layout Standard
Un documento se puede exportar a PDF con el menú
\family sans
-Archivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
Exportar
\family default
en tres modos diferentes:
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\backslash
tabcolsep
\series default
- es la longitud LaTeX entre el texto y el borde de la celda, 6
+ es la longitud \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ entre el texto y el borde de la celda, 6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
\emph on
-The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
+The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Companion Second Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2004
Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
Daly:
\emph on
-A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
+A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Fourth Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2003
Leslie Lamport:
\emph on
-LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+: A Document Preparation System.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! arydshln
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! arydshln
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! booktabs
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! booktabs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! diagbox
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! diagbox
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! endfloat
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! endfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! footmisc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! footmisc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! lettrine
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! lettrine
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! listings
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! marginnote
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! marginnote
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! pdfpages
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! pdfpages
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Página web del paquete LaTeX
+Página web del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! PSTricks
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! PSTricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentación del paquete LaTeX
+Documentación del paquete \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-paquetes ! sidecap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+-paquetes ! sidecap
\end_layout
\end_inset
sobre características nuevas para la versión
\family sans
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 474
+#LyX 2.2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 495
\begin_document
\begin_header
+\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/fr/
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
% if pdflatex is used
% used for colored tables
\@ifundefined{textcolor}
{\usepackage{color}}{}
-\definecolor{darkgreen}{cmyk}{0.5, 0, 1, 0.5}
+\definecolor{vertfonce}{cmyk}{0.5, 0, 1, 0.5}
\definecolor{lightgrey}{gray}{0.8}
% check for package colortbl
\setboolean{colortbl}{true}}
{\setboolean{colortbl}{false}}
-% used for colored table rows
-\usepackage[table]{xcolor}
-
% used to have extra space in table cells
\@ifundefined{extrarowheight}
{\usepackage{array}}{}
% use normal list environments also in French documents
\frenchbsetup{StandardLayout}
\end_preamble
-\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading,usenames,dvipsnames
+\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading,usenames,dvipsnames,table
\use_default_options false
\begin_modules
initials
\begin_layout Title
Manuel détaillé pour les figures, les tableaux, les flottants, les notes,
- les boîtes et les objets externes de LyX
+ les boîtes et les objets externes de \SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
-par l'Équipe LyX
+par l'Équipe \SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections à la liste de diffusion
- de la documentation de LyX:
+ de la documentation de \SpecialChar LyX
+:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Pour pouvoir exporter ce document en PDF, PS ou DVI, les paquetages LaTeX
+Pour pouvoir exporter ce document en PDF, PS ou DVI, les paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
arydshln
\series bold
-http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#EmbeddedObjects
+http://wiki.lyx.org/\SpecialChar LyX
+/DocumentationDevelopment#EmbeddedObjects
\end_layout
\end_inset
dans la barre d'outils, ou faites
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphique
\family default
.
Vous pouvez faire pivoter vos images dans le sens inverse des aiguilles
d'une montre, en donnant l'angle de rotation et la position du pivot.
- L'image apparaîtra pivotée dans LyX.
+ L'image apparaîtra pivotée dans \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family sans
Préférences
\family default
- de LyX.
+ de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\family default
- Avec cet onglet, vous pouvez modifier l'apparence de l'image dans LyX et
- les experts ès-LaTeX pourront fournir des options supplémentaires pour
- LaTeX
+ Avec cet onglet, vous pouvez modifier l'apparence de l'image dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ et les
+ experts ès-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ pourront fournir des options supplémentaires pour \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family default
.
Quand cette option est activée, les images ne sont pas décompressées à
- l'exportation, vu que LaTeX peut les traiter telles-quelles
+ l'exportation, vu que \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ peut les traiter telles-quelles
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
- qui est indispensable pour que LaTeX puisse traiter un fichier compressé.
+ qui est indispensable pour que \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ puisse traiter un fichier compressé.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
qui se trouve dans son propre paragraphe, ce dernier étant centré horizontaleme
nt:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Et voici la même image mais en mode brouillon:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
de la barre d'outils et le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Flottant\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Flottant\SpecialChar menuseparator
Figure
\family default
insèrent un flottant avec l'étiquette
\family sans
Insertion
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Étiquette
de la barre d'outils.
On peut alors faire référence à cette étiquette en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Référence
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
-, puisque LaTeX va repositionner la figure dans le document final.
+, puisque \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ va repositionner la figure dans le document final.
Votre figure risque de ne plus être ci-dessous du tout !
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
, chaque format pour la sortie du document ne va accepter qu'un petit nombre
de formats d'images.
- Pour s'en sortir LyX utilise le programme
+ Pour s'en sortir \SpecialChar LyX
+ utilise le programme
\family typewriter
ImageMagick
\family default
soit
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Tableau
\family default
.
En plus, la rangée supérieure a aussi une bordure en bas, ce qui fait qu'elle
apparaît séparée du reste du tableau.
Voici un exemple :
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
la ligne dans laquelle le curseur se trouve.
Le menu contextuel
\family sans
-Plus...\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Plus...\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paramètres...
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Alignements-de-cellules"
+reference "subsec:Alignements-de-cellules"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Lignes-multiple-dans-cellule"
+reference "subsec:Lignes-multiple-dans-cellule"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multicolonnes"
+reference "subsec:Multicolonnes"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Multi-lignes"
+reference "subsec:Multi-lignes"
\end_inset
90°
\family default
fait pivoter tout le tableau.
- Ces rotations ne sont pas visibles dans LyX, mais devraient l'être dans
- la sortie finale.
+ Ces rotations ne sont pas visibles dans \SpecialChar LyX
+, mais devraient l'être dans la
+ sortie finale.
Pour plus d'information voir la section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Rotated-Table-Cells"
+reference "sec:Pivotement-des-cellules"
\end_inset
Une ligne avec des tableaux alignés de différentes manières:
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="top">
+<features tabularvalignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="bottom">
+<features tabularvalignment="bottom">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-On peut aussi entrer des paramètres LaTeX pour obtenir des mise en formes
- spéciales pour le tableau, voir les sections
+On peut aussi entrer des paramètres \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ pour obtenir des mise en formes spéciales
+ pour le tableau, voir les sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Calculs-multicolonnes"
+reference "subsec:Calculs-multicolonnes"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Espacement-lignes"
+reference "subsec:Espacement-lignes"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
La barre d'outils tableau est une alternative à la fenêtre de dialogue qui
permet de modifier plus rapidement les tableaux.
- Elle apparaît normalement en bas de la fenêtre principale de LyX quand
- le curseur se trouve à l'intérieur d'un tableau.
+ Elle apparaît normalement en bas de la fenêtre principale de \SpecialChar LyX
+ quand le
+ curseur se trouve à l'intérieur d'un tableau.
Vous pouvez aussi choisir de la faire apparaître de façon permanente grâce
au menu
\family sans
-Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Visualiser\SpecialChar menuseparator
Barres
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-d'outils\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+d'outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
Tableau
\family default
.
En plus de la fenêtre de dialogue et de la barre d'outils tableau, le menu
\family sans
-Édition\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
Tableau
\family default
vous permet d'ajouter ou de supprimer les lignes de bordure de la colonne
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_layout Standard
Les flottants de tableau sont insérés en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Flottant\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Flottant\SpecialChar menuseparator
Tableau
\family default
ou le bouton
\begin_layout Standard
On met habituellement la légende au dessus des tableaux, mais cette règle
- n'est malheureusement pas respectée par certaines classes standard de LaTeX.
+ n'est malheureusement pas respectée par certaines classes standard de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
Cela signifie que si vous utilisez un document appartenant aux classes
\family sans
\family default
il n'y aura pas d'espace entre la légende et le tableau.
Pour insérer l'espace nécessaire vous devez ajouter l'option suivante à
- la commande de chargement du paquetage LaTeX
+ la commande de chargement du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! caption
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Insertion
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Étiquette
de la barre d'outils.
On peut alors faire référence à cette étiquette en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Référence
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Tableaux-longs-légende"
+reference "subsec:Tableaux-longs-légende"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Vous pouvez aussi préciser une ligne où le tableau devra être coupé.
Voyez le tableau long qui suit pour voir comment ça marche :
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Tableaux-longs-légende"
+reference "subsec:Tableaux-longs-légende"
\end_inset
Notes de bas de page dans les tableaux longs
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Notes-dans-tableau-long"
+name "subsec:Notes-dans-tableau-long"
\end_inset
\backslash
LTright
\series default
- en insérant la ligne suivante sous forme de code TeX avant le tableau long
+ en insérant la ligne suivante sous forme de code \SpecialChar TeX
+ avant le tableau long
concerné :
\end_layout
\backslash
fill
\series default
-, ce qui dans ce cas correspond à un ressort horizontal dans LyX.
+, ce qui dans ce cas correspond à un ressort horizontal dans \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Tableaux-longs-légende"
+reference "subsec:Tableaux-longs-légende"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Tableaux-longs-légende"
+name "subsec:Tableaux-longs-légende"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
2.1 dans la liste des tableaux, si entre les deux il y a deux tableaux longs
sans légende.
- Pour éviter ce problème, vous pouvez ajouter cette commande en code TeX
- après chaque tableau long sans légende :
+ Pour éviter ce problème, vous pouvez ajouter cette commande en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ après
+ chaque tableau long sans légende :
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! hyperref
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
La mise en forme de la légende peut être ajustée avec celle de toutes les
- autres légendes de votre document en utilisant le paquetage LaTeX
+ autres légendes de votre document en utilisant le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! caption
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
in.
Pour la changer, vous pouvez ajouter la commande suivante dans le préambule
- de votre document ou en tant que code TeX directement dans votre document
+ de votre document ou en tant que code \SpecialChar TeX
+ directement dans votre document
avant le tableau qui doit être affectée.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Quand on utilise la paquetage LaTeX
+ Quand on utilise la paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! caption
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-in, soit utiliser la commande LaTeX
+in, soit utiliser la commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
est un exemple de tableau long avec des légendes différentes et où la seconde
légende ne contient pas le numéro du tableau.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="59" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-suite page suivante\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+suite page suivante\SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX calcule la hauteur de chaque page de tableau et leurs sauts de page
- en utilisant des blocs (chunks).
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ calcule la hauteur de chaque page de tableau et leurs sauts de page en
+ utilisant des blocs (chunks).
Ces blocs sont des portions de tableau qui tiennent en une fois dans la
- mémoire de LaTeX.
+ mémoire de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
La valeur implicite est fixée pour des raisons historiques à seulement
20 lignes de tableau.
Si vous utilisez des tableaux longs couvrant de nombreuses pages, ceci
commence un tableau long.
Pour éviter une telle situation, insérez un saut de page (menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Typographie
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-spéciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+spéciale\SpecialChar menuseparator
Saut de page (vide le tampon)
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
Implicitement les tableaux ne peuvent être coupés qu'entre deux lignes.
Si vous avez une cellule avec plusieurs lignes et que vous voulez avoir
- un saut de page à l'intérieur de cette cellule, insérez la commande LaTeX
- de saut de ligne
+ un saut de page à l'intérieur de cette cellule, insérez la commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ de
+ saut de ligne
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
- en code TeX à l'endroit de la cellule où vous voulez qu'elle soit coupée.
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ à l'endroit de la cellule où vous voulez qu'elle soit coupée.
Avant la commande
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
-, vous devez insérer en code TeX, autant de caractères
+, vous devez insérer en code \SpecialChar TeX
+, autant de caractères
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
\end_inset
sert à séparer les colonnes d'un tableau.
- Écrivez en code-TeX, après chaque
+ Écrivez en code-\SpecialChar TeX
+, après chaque
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
la cellule qui doit être coupée est dans la deuxième colonne et elle est
suivie par une autre colonne.
- La commande suivante a donc été insérée en code TeX dans la cellule après
+ La commande suivante a donc été insérée en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ dans la cellule après
le mot
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
au début de la cellule.
Cela assure que la portion de la cellule qui va se trouver affichée sur
la page suivante le sera avec toute la largeur de la cellule.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="38" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-suite page suivante\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+suite page suivante\SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
Lignes multiples dans une cellule de tableau
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Lignes-multiple-dans-cellule"
+name "subsec:Lignes-multiple-dans-cellule"
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Si vous avez un mot long dans une cellule de largeur fixée, LaTeX ne peut
- pas effectuer de césure si c'est le premier élément de la cellule.
+Si vous avez un mot long dans une cellule de largeur fixée, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ne peut pas
+ effectuer de césure si c'est le premier élément de la cellule.
Vous devez donc insérer quelque chose avant pour qu'il ne soit plus le
premier élément : Ajoutez un espace horizontal de 0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
Multi-colonnes
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Multicolonnes"
+name "subsec:Multicolonnes"
\end_inset
de la barre d'outils tableau, ou le menu
\family sans
-Édition\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tableau\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Tableau\SpecialChar menuseparator
Multi-colonnes
\family default
, ou encore faites un clic droit sur les cellules sélectionnées et choisissez
de la cellule, cela n'affecte que la cellule multi-colonnes.
Voici un exemple de tableau avec une cellule multi-colonnes dans la première
ligne et une cellule sans bordure supérieure dans la dernière ligne :
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
Calculs avec les multi-colonnes
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Calculs-multicolonnes"
+name "subsec:Calculs-multicolonnes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX gère directement les multi-colonnes, mais nous devons faire attention
- à la largeur des cellules couvertes par la cellule multi-colonnes.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ gère directement les multi-colonnes, mais nous devons faire attention à
+ la largeur des cellules couvertes par la cellule multi-colonnes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" special=">{\centering}m{1.25cm-6.2pt}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="1.25cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Pour permettre des calculs avec LaTeX, vous devez charger le paquetage LaTeX
+Pour permettre des calculs avec \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, vous devez charger le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
calc
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! calc
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX ne permet pas d'effectuer des calculs dans le champ largeur de la fenêtre
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ ne permet pas d'effectuer des calculs dans le champ largeur de la fenêtre
de dialogue.
- Vous devez donc for mater la colonne en insérant un paramètre LaTeX dans
- la fenêtre de dialogue.
+ Vous devez donc for mater la colonne en insérant un paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ dans la
+ fenêtre de dialogue.
Voici un aperçu de ces paramètres :
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-En entrant un paramètre LaTeX, tous les réglages de cellule donnés dans
- la fenêtre de dialogue sont ignorés.
+En entrant un paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, tous les réglages de cellule donnés dans la fenêtre
+ de dialogue sont ignorés.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- À cause d'un bug, LyX affiche quand même les réglages qui ne sont pas pris
+ À cause d'un bug, \SpecialChar LyX
+ affiche quand même les réglages qui ne sont pas pris
en compte.
\end_layout
centering
\series default
.
- Vous pouvez maintenant ajouter le paramètre LaTeX suivant pour la première
- des colonnes recouvertes :
+ Vous pouvez maintenant ajouter le paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ suivant pour la première des
+ colonnes recouvertes :
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Bien que nous ayons choisi un alignement centré pour le texte de la cellule
multi-colonnes, il est toujours aligné à gauche.
- Cela vient du fait que LyX applique l'alignement seulement à des colonnes
+ Cela vient du fait que \SpecialChar LyX
+ applique l'alignement seulement à des colonnes
isolées.
- Nous devons donc utiliser le paramètre LaTeX suivant pour la multi-colonnes
+ Nous devons donc utiliser le paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ suivant pour la multi-colonnes
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Multi-lignes
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Multi-lignes"
+name "subsec:Multi-lignes"
\end_inset
de la barre d'outils tableau, ou le menu
\family sans
-Édition\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tableau\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Tableau\SpecialChar menuseparator
Multi-lignes
\family default
, ou encore faites un clic droit sur les cellules sélectionnées et choisissez
\begin_layout Standard
Voici un exemple de tableau avec une cellule multi-lignes en première colonne:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
Après ça, tous les contenus de cellules multi-lignes du document seront
centrés.
Si vous ne souhaitez utiliser des contenus centrés que pour quelques tableaux,
- vous pouvez redéfinir la commande en l'insérant sous forme de code TeX
- juste avant le tableau concerné, plutôt que dans le préambule.
+ vous pouvez redéfinir la commande en l'insérant sous forme de code \SpecialChar TeX
+ juste
+ avant le tableau concerné, plutôt que dans le préambule.
Si le texte doit être aligné à droite, remplacez
\series bold
\end_inset
:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
) mais dans ce cas les limites de cellules ne seront pas respectées comme
on le voit dans ce tableau :
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="2cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
colonnes dans un tableau, il est pratique de partager le première cellule
du tableau à l'aide d'une ou deux lignes diagonales.
Ceci peut être obtenu ne chargeant dans le préambule du document les paquetage
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\lang english
diagbox
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! diagbox
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! diagbox
\end_layout
\end_inset
diagbox
\series default
\lang french
- que l'on peut insérer en mode TeX et qui peut avoir 2 ou 3 arguments:
+ que l'on peut insérer en mode \SpecialChar TeX
+ et qui peut avoir 2 ou 3 arguments:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La section suivante ne s'affichera que si vous avez installé le paquetage
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\lang english
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
La forme à 3 arguments est utile par exemple pour les tableaux croisés de
sport ou les distances:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Pour des tableaux croisés plus grands on peut utiliser des diagonales dans
2 coins ou plus du tableau comme ici:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
La largeur nécessaire pour le partage des cellules est calculée automatiquement.
De ce fait, si vous fixez une largeur de colonne plus petite que nécessaire,
le contenu de la cellule va déborder:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\lang french
, il faut donc créer une nouvelle longueur qui pourra être utilisée dans
la suite.
- Ceci se fait via les commandes en code TeX:
+ Ceci se fait via les commandes en code \SpecialChar TeX
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Pour permettre les calculs en LaTeX, il faut charger dans le préambule du
- document le paquetage
+Pour permettre les calculs en \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, il faut charger dans le préambule du document
+ le paquetage
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! calc
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
dans la première cellule:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
Noter que la cellule partagée doit être la plus large de la colonne, sinon
la longueur de la diagonale ne peut pas être calculée correctement comme
dans ce tableau:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
tabcolsep puisque la largeur de cellule est maintenant la largeur de la
colonne.
Ici une largeur de 3cm est utilisée:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\end_inset
.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage LaTeX
+Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Vous devez installer le paquetage LaTeX
+Vous devez installer le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Pour en savoir plus sur le paquetage LaTeX
+Pour en savoir plus sur le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\lang english
diagbox
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Espacement-lignes"
+reference "subsec:Espacement-lignes"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
On peut aussi créer des lignes qui ne font pas toute la largeur du tableau
en mettant une ligne pour une cellule multi-colonnes.
- LyX va utiliser en interne la commande
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ va utiliser en interne la commande
\series bold
\backslash
\backslash
cmidrule
\series default
- ne sont pas actuellement gérées par LyX, vous devez donc utiliser du code
- TeX pour pouvoir les utiliser.
+ ne sont pas actuellement gérées par \SpecialChar LyX
+, vous devez donc utiliser du code
+ \SpecialChar TeX
+ pour pouvoir les utiliser.
On peut créer manuellement des lignes
\series bold
\backslash
mitrales
\series default
- en insérant la commande en code TeX comme le premier élément de la première
+ en insérant la commande en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ comme le premier élément de la première
cellule de la ligne.
La ligne est alors affichée dans la sortie imprimée au dessus de la ligne
en question.
\end_inset
.
- On obtient ce résultat en utilisant la commande suivante en code TeX
+ On obtient ce résultat en utilisant la commande suivante en code \SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Pour plus d'informations sur ces spécialités, nous vous renvoyons au manuel
- du paquetage LaTeX
+ du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
booktabs
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! booktabs
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! booktabs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Alignement-Vertical"
+reference "subsec:Alignement-Vertical"
\end_inset
.
Dans l'exemple précédent, le deuxième tableau de la première ligne est
- aligné en utilisant la commande en code TeX suivante
+ aligné en utilisant la commande en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ suivante
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
placée juste avant la boîte minipage.
- Après la boîte on insère l'accolade fermante en code TeX.
+ Après la boîte on insère l'accolade fermante en code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
Pour le deuxième tableau de la dernière ligne, la commande
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
Si vous voulez seulement avoir du texte en couleur, sélectionnez les cellules
et choisissez une couleur dans le menu
\family sans
-Édition\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
Style
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- Dans tous les autres cas vous aurez à utiliser le paquetage LaTeX
+ Dans tous les autres cas vous aurez à utiliser le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! colortbl
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La section qui suit ne sera affichée que si vous avez installé le paquetage
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Calculs-multicolonnes"
+reference "subsec:Calculs-multicolonnes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Les deux commandes sont insérées au début d'une cellule comme du code TeX.
+Les deux commandes sont insérées au début d'une cellule comme du code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Pour colorer de caractères dans un tableau, sélectionnez les cellules et
choisissez une couleur dans le menu
\family sans
-Édition\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
Style
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Texte
\family default
.
- Si une cellule contient du code TeX, faites bien attention à ne colorer
- que le texte, sinon le code TeX coloré provoquera des erreurs LaTeX.
+ Si une cellule contient du code \SpecialChar TeX
+, faites bien attention à ne colorer que
+ le texte, sinon le code \SpecialChar TeX
+ coloré provoquera des erreurs \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en code TeX pour cette colonne.
- La première ligne doit être bleue clair, d'où la commande en code TeX
+en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ pour cette colonne.
+ La première ligne doit être bleue clair, d'où la commande en code \SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\series default
-en insérant en code TeX la commande
+en insérant en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ la commande
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Les caractères peuvent maintenant être colorés en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Édition\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Édition\SpecialChar menuseparator
Style
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special=">{\columncolor{darkgreen}\centering}c">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\columncolor{vertfonce}\centering}c">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! xcolor
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! xcolor
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! colortbl
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
- existe dans votre distribution LaTeX, sinon vous aurez des erreurs.
+ existe dans votre distribution \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, sinon vous aurez des erreurs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La section qui suit ne sera affichée que si vous avez installé le paquetage
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-insérée soit dans le préambule du document, soit en code TeX avant le premier
+insérée soit dans le préambule du document, soit en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ avant le premier
tableau nécessitant la coloration alternative des lignes.
\series bold
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Epaisseur-filets"
+reference "subsec:Epaisseur-filets"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Formats-personnalisés"
+reference "subsec:Formats-personnalisés"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- le paramètre LaTeX
+ le paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
WcW
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="WcW">
\end_inset
-, insérez les commandes suivantes en code TeX juste avant le tableau ou
- le flottant de tableau :
+, insérez les commandes suivantes en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ juste avant le tableau ou le
+ flottant de tableau :
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
Pour revenir à la couleur noire implicite, insérez la commande suivante
- en code TeX, juste après le tableau ou le flottant de tableau :
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+, juste après le tableau ou le flottant de tableau :
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="WcW">
Pivotement des cellules
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Rotated-Table-Cells"
+name "sec:Pivotement-des-cellules"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Table-with-rotated-multi"
+reference "tab:Tableau-incluant-des"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
\begin_inset Float table
placement h
wide false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Table-with-rotated"
+name "tab:Tableau-incluant-des"
\end_inset
-
-\lang french
Tableau incluant des cellules pivotées dans la première ligne.
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
Si vous voulez faire pivoter des cellules avec des ruptures de ligne, il
faut encapsuler le contenu de la cellule dans une minipage ou une parbox.
\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Pour en savoir plus sur ces boîtes, voir les sections
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Table-with-rotated-multi"
+reference "tab:Tableau-incluant-une"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\lang english
\begin_inset Float table
placement h
wide false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Table-with-rotated-multi"
+name "tab:Tableau-incluant-une"
\end_inset
-
-\lang french
Tableau incluant une cellule multi-lignes pivotée.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
\align center
-
-\lang english
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
a
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
e
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
b
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
c
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\lang english
d
\end_layout
\end_inset
(que le contenu est autorisé à occuper), plus deux fois la largeur de la
- séparation entre le contenu de la colonne et sa bordure (la longueur LaTeX
+ séparation entre le contenu de la colonne et sa bordure (la longueur \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt), plus la largeur du filet de bordure (la longueur LaTeX
+pt), plus la largeur du filet de bordure (la longueur \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_layout Standard
La largeur disponible pour placer un tableau est la distance entre les marges
de la page ou la largeur de la colonne de texte (pour un document présenté
- sur 2 colonnes), c'est-à-dire la longueur LaTeX
+ sur 2 colonnes), c'est-à-dire la longueur \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Pour pouvoir faire des calculs, il faut charger le paquetage LaTeX
+Pour pouvoir faire des calculs, il faut charger le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! calc
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
Pour fixer la largeur d'une colonne dans la fenêtre de dialogue du tableau,
il faut utiliser le champ
\family sans
- Argument LaTeX
+ Argument \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\family default
.
Le principe des commandes qui peuvent être saisies dans ce champ est celui
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Calculs-multicolonnes"
+reference "subsec:Calculs-multicolonnes"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="20col%" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}*\real{0.75}}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="20col%" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}}">
Espacement des lignes
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Espacement-lignes"
+name "subsec:Espacement-lignes"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- LyX va insérer implicitement un espace de 0.5
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ va insérer implicitement un espace de 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\end_inset
ligne va ajouter de l'espace sous les caractères de la ligne.
- Si le tableau est un tableau formel LyX va insérer implicitement un espace
+ Si le tableau est un tableau formel \SpecialChar LyX
+ va insérer implicitement un espace
de 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
lignes ajoute l'espace entre la ligne courante et la ligne suivante.
- Si le tableau est un tableau formel LyX va insérer implicitement un espace
+ Si le tableau est un tableau formel \SpecialChar LyX
+ va insérer implicitement un espace
de 0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\series bold
array
\series default
-sera chargé automatiquement par LyX quand vous utilisez des formats de tableaux
+sera chargé automatiquement par \SpecialChar LyX
+ quand vous utilisez des formats de tableaux
auto-définis.
C'est pour éviter qu'il soit chargé deux fois que l'on utilise la commande
\backslash
strut
\series default
- en code TeX au debut d'une ligne du tableau.
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ au debut d'une ligne du tableau.
Le tableau
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
Alignements de cellules spéciaux
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Alignements-de-cellules"
+name "subsec:Alignements-de-cellules"
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="decimal" decimal_point="," valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{}l">
<row>
Un petit espace a été ajouté au début de toutes les cellules de la deuxième
colonne pour obtenir l'espace que l'on a d'habitude autour d'un opérateur.
Pour éviter l'espace qui est normalement placé entre deux colonnes d'un
- tableau, le paramètre LaTeX suivant a été utilisé pour la deuxième colonne
- :
+ tableau, le paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ suivant a été utilisé pour la deuxième colonne :
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="6">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" special="@{}l">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
Formats de cellule et de colonne personnalisés
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Formats-personnalisés"
+name "subsec:Formats-personnalisés"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Calculs-multicolonnes"
+reference "subsec:Calculs-multicolonnes"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Lignes-multiple-dans-cellule"
+reference "subsec:Lignes-multiple-dans-cellule"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-comme paramètre LaTeX dans la fenêtre de dialogue de tableau pour créer
- une multi-colonnes.
+comme paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ dans la fenêtre de dialogue de tableau pour créer une multi-col
+onnes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-comme paramètre LaTeX de la colonne.
+comme paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ de la colonne.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-comme paramètre LaTeX.
+comme paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
- utilisez les paramètres LaTeX
+ utilisez les paramètres \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm" special="M{2.5cm}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" special="S{2.5cm}{2}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
Épaisseur des filets
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Epaisseur-filets"
+name "subsec:Epaisseur-filets"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en code TeX avant le tableau ou le flottant de tableau.
+en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ avant le tableau ou le flottant de tableau.
La nouvelle épaisseur de filet reste valable pour tous les tableaux qui
suivent.
pour revenir aux valeurs implicites, mettez
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt en utilisant du code LaTeX après le tableau ou le flottant de tableau.
+pt en utilisant du code \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ après le tableau ou le flottant de tableau.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_inset
-, insérez les commandes suivantes en code TeX avant le tableau ou le flottant
+, insérez les commandes suivantes en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ avant le tableau ou le flottant
de tableau :
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Pour revenir à l'épaisseur de filet implicite, insérez les commandes suivantes
- en code TeX après le tableau ou le flottant de tableau :
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ après le tableau ou le flottant de tableau :
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Formats-personnalisés"
+reference "subsec:Formats-personnalisés"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- le paramètre LaTeX
+ le paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Vc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Vc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="VcV">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
La section suivante ne s'affichera que si vous avez installé le paquetage
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special=":c">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX ne gère pas de façon native les filets à lignes interrompues, vous devez
- donc employer du code TeX.
- Mais avant il faut charger le paquetage LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ ne gère pas de façon native les filets à lignes interrompues, vous devez
+ donc employer du code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Mais avant il faut charger le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! arydshln
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! arydshln
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
- avec le caractère décrivant l'alignement horizontal comme paramètre LaTeX
- dans la fenêtre de dialogue de paramètre du tableau.
+ avec le caractère décrivant l'alignement horizontal comme paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ dans
+ la fenêtre de dialogue de paramètre du tableau.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en code TeX comme premier élément de la première cellule de la ligne de
- tableau.
+en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ comme premier élément de la première cellule de la ligne de tableau.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en code TeX comme premier élément de la première cellule de la ligne.
+en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ comme premier élément de la première cellule de la ligne.
Si par exemple, vous avez une cellule multi-colonnes qui couvre les colonnes
2 à 4 et que vous voulez un filet interrompu au dessus, ajoutez la commande
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
- comme paramètre LaTeX pour la troisième colonne.
- La commande en code TeX
+ comme paramètre \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ pour la troisième colonne.
+ La commande en code \SpecialChar TeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
hdashline
\series default
a été insérée dans la première cellule de la troisième ligne et la commande
- en code TeX
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\columncolor{darkgreen}\centering}c">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\columncolor{vertfonce}\centering}c">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=":c">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
Pour revenir à un filet noir, il faut insérer les commandes suivantes en
- code TeX après le tableau,
+ code \SpecialChar TeX
+ après le tableau,
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-peut être insérée en code TeX avant un tableau.
+peut être insérée en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ avant un tableau.
\series bold
couleur
\series bold
Nota:
\series default
- le paquetage LaTeX
+ le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! colortbl
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage LaTeX
+Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Vous devez installer le paquetage LaTeX
+Vous devez installer le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
Pour insérer un flottant, on utilise un des sous menus du menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Flottant
\family default
(barre d'outils
\end_inset
.
- Pour améliorer la lisibilité de votre document dans LyX, vous pouvez fermer
+ Pour améliorer la lisibilité de votre document dans \SpecialChar LyX
+, vous pouvez fermer
ou ouvrir la boîte de votre flottant en cliquant avec le bouton de gauche
sur la boîte grise qui se trouve en haut à gauche de celui-ci.
Une boîte de flottant fermée ressemble à ceci :
\begin_layout Standard
Il est recommandé d'insérer les flottants comme des paragraphes séparés
- pour éviter des erreurs avec LaTeX, quand le texte qui entoure le flottant
- est formaté de façon particulière.
+ pour éviter des erreurs avec \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, quand le texte qui entoure le flottant est
+ formaté de façon particulière.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_inset
-, LyX offre aussi les types
+, \SpecialChar LyX
+ offre aussi les types
\family sans
Algorithme
\family default
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Flottant-d'Algorithme"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
Ce type de flottant est inséré à l'aide du menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Flottant\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Flottant\SpecialChar menuseparator
Algorithme
\family default
.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX qui est décrit dans le
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ qui est décrit dans le
\emph on
Guide
\emph default
l'Utilisateur
\emph default
- de LyX.
+ de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
l'algorithme
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Pour insérer la liste des algorithmes, vous pouvez utiliser le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Listes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TdM\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+TdM\SpecialChar menuseparator
Liste
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
algorithmes
\family default
- si votre document est en la même langue que les menus de LyX.
+ si votre document est en la même langue que les menus de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
Pour les documents qui ne sont pas en anglais, utilisez la commande suivante
- en code TeX à la place:
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ à la place:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numerotation-notes-bas-de-page"
+reference "subsec:Numerotation-notes-bas-de-page"
\end_inset
Pour faire référence à un flottant, insérez une étiquette dans sa légende
en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Étiquette
\family default
ou le bouton
sera insérée et la fenêtre de l'étiquette s'ouvrira pour vous permettre
de saisir le texte de l'étiquette.
- LyX propose comme texte pour l'étiquette les premiers mots de la légendes
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ propose comme texte pour l'étiquette les premiers mots de la légendes
précédés d'un préfixe.
Ce préfixe dépend du type de flottant, par exemple, pour une figure le
préfixe sera
L'étiquette sert à la fois de point d'ancrage et de nom pour la référence.
Vous pouvez faire référence à cette étiquette en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Référence
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
de la barre d'outils.
La fenêtre de référence croisée va s'ouvrir et montrer toutes les étiquettes
définies dans votre document.
- Si vous avez plusieurs documents LyX ouverts, vous pouvez choisir celui
- que vous voulez utiliser avec la liste déroulante qui se trouve en haut
- de la fenêtre de dialogue.
+ Si vous avez plusieurs documents \SpecialChar LyX
+ ouverts, vous pouvez choisir celui que
+ vous voulez utiliser avec la liste déroulante qui se trouve en haut de
+ la fenêtre de dialogue.
Vous pouvez trier les étiquettes par ordre alphabétique et ensuite en choisir
une.
Une boîte grise de référence croisée comme celle-ci :
Formats de références croisées
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Formats-Références-Croisées"
+name "subsec:Formats-Références-Croisées"
\end_inset
Note:
\series default
Ce type de référence croisée n'est disponible que si vous avez installé
- le paquetage LaTeX
+ le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! prettyref
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! refstyle
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Vous pouvez choisir le paquetage LaTeX qui doit être utilisé pour cette
- fonction en utilisant l'option
+Vous pouvez choisir le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ qui doit être utilisé pour cette fonction
+ en utilisant l'option
\family sans
Utiliser refstyle (à la place de prettyref) pour les références croisées
\family default
dans le menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
Classe de document
\family default
.
\begin_layout Standard
Le numéro affecté à une étiquette et le numéro de la page sur laquelle elle
- se trouve sont calculés automatiquement par LaTeX.
+ se trouve sont calculés automatiquement par \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
Vous choisissez une des six variétés de références dans le champ Format
de la fenêtre de référence croisée qui s'ouvre quand vous cliquez sur la
boîte de la référence croisée.
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- L'utilisation du paquetage LaTeX
+ L'utilisation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! refstyle
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! prettyref
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
- est par exemple le raccourci LyX pour les étiquettes dans les légendes
- de figures,.
+ est par exemple le raccourci \SpecialChar LyX
+ pour les étiquettes dans les légendes de
+ figures,.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Du fait d'un bogue dans la paquetage LaTeX
+ Du fait d'un bogue dans la paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
varioref
\series default
- (version 1.4w), certaines références croisées produiront des erreurs LaTeX
- si la langue du document est le français.
+ (version 1.4w), certaines références croisées produiront des erreurs \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ si
+ la langue du document est le français.
Pour contourner ce bogue, voir
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Le paquetage LaTeX
+Le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! hyperref
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Formats-Références-Croisées"
+reference "subsec:Formats-Références-Croisées"
\end_inset
Positionnement des références
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Reference-Position"
+name "subsec:Reference-Position"
\end_inset
pourrez voir l'image sans faire défiler le texte.
Ce problème vient du fait que le point d'ancrage de la référence se situe
à l'endroit de l'étiquette.
- En utilisant le paquetage LaTeX
+ En utilisant le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
hypcap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! hypcap
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! hypcap
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, qui fait partie du paquetage LaTeX
+, qui fait partie du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
oberdiek
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! oberdiek
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! oberdiek
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
\lang french
on ouvre une fenêtre de dialogue dans laquelle vous pouvez modifier le
- paramètres de placement que LaTeX utilise pour déterminer où placer le
- flottant.
+ paramètres de placement que \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ utilise pour déterminer où placer le flottant.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
possible: essaie de placer le flottant à la position où il a été inséré
- dans LyX
+ dans \SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX utilise
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ utilise
\emph on
toujours
\emph default
les options dans l'ordre donné ci-dessus.
- Ce qui veut dire que si vous utilisez le placement implicite, LaTeX va
- d'abord essayer
+ Ce qui veut dire que si vous utilisez le placement implicite, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ va d'abord
+ essayer
\family sans
Ici
\begin_inset space ~
page
\family default
, et ainsi de suite.
- Si vous n'utilisez pas le placement implicite, LaTeX va essayer les options
+ Si vous n'utilisez pas le placement implicite, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ va essayer les options
que vous avez cochées, mais dans l'ordre donné ci-dessus.
Si aucune des quatre options de placement n'est possible, la procédure
est répétée avec la possibilité de mettre les flottant sur la page suivante.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\family default
\lang english
.
\lang french
-Vous pouvez aussi redéfinir les règles avec les commandes LaTeX qui sont
- données entre parenthèses après les descriptions des règles données ci-dessus.
+Vous pouvez aussi redéfinir les règles avec les commandes \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ qui sont données
+ entre parenthèses après les descriptions des règles données ci-dessus.
Par exemple, pour augmenter à 50
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
haut d'une page alors que la section concernée ne commence qu'au milieu
de la page, ce qui fait que le lecteur peut penser qu'il fait partie de
la section précédente.
- On peut utiliser la commande LaTeX
+ On peut utiliser la commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
Vous pouvez définir la même chose pour tous les types d'en-têtes de section,
comme les chapitres et les sous-sections.
Il n'est pas recommandé d'utiliser cette définition avec des portions de
- texte trop petites comme les sous-sous-sections parce que LaTeX pourrait
- ensuite avoir du mal à trouver un positionnement correct.
+ texte trop petites comme les sous-sous-sections parce que \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ pourrait ensuite
+ avoir du mal à trouver un positionnement correct.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Dans certains cas il est demandé de placer toutes les figures et tous les
tableaux à la fin du document.
- C'est pour de telles situations que le paquetage LaTeX
+ C'est pour de telles situations que le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
endfloat
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! endfloat
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! endfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
- en code TeX à la place du
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ à la place du
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
\end_inset
Pour plus d'information sur les manières de placer les flottants, jetez
- un coup d'œil aux livres sur LaTeX,
+ un coup d'œil aux livres sur \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
flottants
\family default
.
- Dans la fenêtre de LyX les légendes apparaissent comme une étiquette comme
+ Dans la fenêtre de \SpecialChar LyX
+ les légendes apparaissent comme une étiquette comme
par exemple
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Pour modifier le format implicite des légendes, il faut charger le paquetage
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! caption
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! KOMA-Script
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! KOMA-Script
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Malheureusement les classes standard de LaTeX ne gèrent pas les légendes
- au dessus des tableaux.
+Malheureusement les classes standard de \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ne gèrent pas les légendes au dessus
+ des tableaux.
Ce qui fait que si vous utilisez une des classes de document
\family sans
article
\lang english
load
\lang french
- le paquetage LaTeX
+ le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! caption
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! KOMA-Script
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\end_inset
On peut aussi mettre la légende à côté d'une figure ou d'un tableau.
- Pour cela, vous devez charger le paquetage LaTeX
+ Pour cela, vous devez charger le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! sidecap
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! sidecap
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-La section suivante ne sera affichée que si le paquetage LaTeX
+La section suivante ne sera affichée que si le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en code TeX avant le flottant.
+en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ avant le flottant.
Et insérez la commande
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en code TeX à l'endroit où vous voulez revenir à la définition originale
- du flottant.
+en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ à l'endroit où vous voulez revenir à la définition originale du
+ flottant.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-dans le préambule du document ou en code TeX juste avant le flottant visé.
+dans le préambule du document ou en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ juste avant le flottant visé.
Le type du flottant est soit
\family sans
figure
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Le paquetage LaTeX
+ Le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
hypcap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! hypcap
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! hypcap
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Reference-Position"
+reference "subsec:Reference-Position"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage LaTeX
+Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Vous devez installer le paquetage LaTeX
+Vous devez installer le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
exemple pour les figures du document.
Vous pouvez les insérer en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Listes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Les notes de LyX
+Les notes de \SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Notes ! Notes LyX
+Notes ! Notes \SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
de la barre d'outils ou avec le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Note
\family default
.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX Ce type de note est à usage interne et n'apparaîtra pas sur la sortie
- finale.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ Ce type de note est à usage interne et n'apparaîtra pas sur la sortie finale.
La boîte de cette note ressemble à ceci :
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Commentaire Ce type de note n'apparaît pas non plus à l'impression, mais
- il est inséré comme un commentaire LaTeX quand vous exportez votre document
- vers un fichier au format LaTeX avec le menu
+ il est inséré comme un commentaire \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ quand vous exportez votre document
+ vers un fichier au format \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ avec le menu
\family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ (pdflatex) / (plain)
\family default
.
La boîte de cette note ressemble à ceci :
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Le texte de cette note n'apparaîtra que comme commentaire dans un fichier
- LaTeX.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Ici, on a redéfini la note grisée pour qu'elle apparaisse avec la définition
- originale qu'elle a dans LyX.
+ originale qu'elle a dans \SpecialChar LyX
+.
En effet, dans ce document les notes grisées sont redéfinies dans le préambule,
comme c'est décrit plus loin, pour apparaître avec le texte en bleu.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\family default
.
\begin_layout Standard
Vous pouvez changer la couleur des notes grisées dans le menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
Couleurs
\family default
.
de la barre d'outils, soit en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Note
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
d'un numéro en exposant à la position qu'occupe dans le texte la boîte
de note.
Le texte de la note est placé en bas de la page courante.
- Le numéro de note est calculé par LaTeX, et les numéros se suivent.
+ Le numéro de note est calculé par \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, et les numéros se suivent.
Selon votre classe de document les numéros de notes pourront être réinitialisés
à chaque nouveau chapitre.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Le notes de bas de page se trouvant dans des tableaux ne sont pas imprimées
- par LaTeX pour des raisons techniques.
+ par \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ pour des raisons techniques.
Il existe pourtant une autre méthode pour les imprimer : on insère la commande
\series bold
\backslash
footnotemark{}
\series default
- en code TeX à la place de la note de bas de page.
- Le texte de la note est mis en argument de la commande TeX
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ à la place de la note de bas de page.
+ Le texte de la note est mis en argument de la commande \SpecialChar TeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
\lang english
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Notes-dans-tableau-long"
+reference "subsec:Notes-dans-tableau-long"
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
footnotemark[number]
\series default
- en code TeX.
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Comme vous ne connaissez pas le numéro de la note au moment où vous écrivez
votre texte, vous devez enregistrer son numéro.
Dans l'exemple de marque de note de bas de page suivant, ces commandes
- ont été insérées en code TeX après la note
+ ont été insérées en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ après la note
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Numérotation de notes de bas de page
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Numerotation-notes-bas-de-page"
+name "subsec:Numerotation-notes-bas-de-page"
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, utilisez le paquetage LaTeX
+, utilisez le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
ftnright
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! ftnright
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! ftnright
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
Positionnement de notes de bas de page dans un document à deux colonnes
- en utilisant le paquetage LaTeX
+ en utilisant le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
ftnright
\series default
\family default
à partir de
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
Modules
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en code TeX à la fin d'une section ou d'un chapitre.
+en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ à la fin d'une section ou d'un chapitre.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numerotation-notes-bas-de-page"
+reference "subsec:Numerotation-notes-bas-de-page"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numerotation-notes-bas-de-page"
+reference "subsec:Numerotation-notes-bas-de-page"
\end_inset
\end_inset
Les notes de bas de page peuvent être mise dans la marge de la page et
- l'alignement du texte des notes peut être modifié, voyez le paquetage LaTeX
+ l'alignement du texte des notes peut être modifié, voyez le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
footmisc
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! footmisc
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! footmisc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Pour plein d'autres problèmes de mises en formes des notes de bas de page,
- voyez les livres sur LaTeX,
+ voyez les livres sur \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! KOMA-Script
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Les notes en marge dans LyX ressemblent aux notes en bas de page et se comporten
-t de la même façon.
+Les notes en marge dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ ressemblent aux notes en bas de page et se comportent
+ de la même façon.
Quand vous insérez une note en marge avec
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Note
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
- Cette boîte est la représentation de votre note dans LyX.
+ Cette boîte est la représentation de votre note dans \SpecialChar LyX
+.
Vous pouvez y entrer votre texte.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-sous forme de code TeX avant votre note de marge.
+sous forme de code \SpecialChar TeX
+ avant votre note de marge.
Le nouveau positionnement est pris en compte pour toutes les notes en marge
qui suivent
\begin_inset ERT
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-sous forme de code TeX.
+sous forme de code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Lignes-multiple-dans-cellule"
+reference "subsec:Lignes-multiple-dans-cellule"
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-La section suivante ne sera affichée que si le paquetage LaTeX
+La section suivante ne sera affichée que si le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Cette restriction peut être évitée en utilisant le paquetage LaTeX
+Cette restriction peut être évitée en utilisant le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! marginnote
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! marginnote
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
En ajoutant les deux lignes suivantes au préambule de votre document, la
- commande que LyX utilise pour les notes de marge est redéfinie pour utiliser
+ commande que \SpecialChar LyX
+ utilise pour les notes de marge est redéfinie pour utiliser
la commande fournie par le paquetage
\series bold
marginnote
C'est souvent nécessaire quand vous avez trop de notes en marge et qu'elles
sont trop proches les unes des autres ou que vous voulez améliorer la mise
en page.
- Le décalage est inséré dans LyX sous forme de code TeX directement après
- la note sous la forme
+ Le décalage est inséré dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ sous forme de code \SpecialChar TeX
+ directement après la note
+ sous la forme
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-cm avec la commande en code TeX
+cm avec la commande en code \SpecialChar TeX
+
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage LaTeX
+Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Vous devez installer le paquetage LaTeX
+Vous devez installer le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Alignement-Vertical"
+reference "subsec:Alignement-Vertical"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
On peut insérer une boîte en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Boîte
\family default
ou avec le bouton
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "depth"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "2in"
height_special "height"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "width"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.25in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family default
, vous pouvez allonger le contenu de la boîte horizontalement avec la fenêtre
de dialogue de boîte.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1.25in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
simple Ceci dessine un cadre rectangulaire autour de la boîte.
- L'épaisseur du trait de ce cadre est donnée par la variable
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
+ L'épaisseur du trait de ce cadre
+\lang english
+can be specified
+\lang french
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
relief Ceci dessine un cadre rectangulaire avec une ombre autour de la boîte.
- L'épaisseur du trait de ce cadre est donnée par la variable
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-, l'ombre a une épaisseur de 4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
+ L'épaisseur du trait de ce cadre et l'ombre
+\lang english
+can be specified
+\lang french
+.
\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
position "c"
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+épaisseur
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+du
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-, l'épaisseur du trait du cadre externe est de 1.5
+trait, l'épaisseur du trait du cadre externe est de 1.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+épaisseur
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+du
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-.
- La distance entre les deux cadres est de 1.5
+trait.
+ La distance entre les deux cadres est de 1.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+épaisseur
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
+du
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+trait
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-L'étiquette qui se trouve sur la boîte dans LyX s'adapte pour montrer le
- style de boîte utilisé.
+L'étiquette qui se trouve sur la boîte dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ s'adapte pour montrer le style
+ de boîte utilisé.
Pour pouvoir utiliser ces différents types de cadres, vous devez installer
- le paquetage LaTeX
+ le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
fancybox
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! fancybox
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! fancybox
\end_layout
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-La valeur implicite pour la variable
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
- est 0.4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- Elle peut être modifiée avec la commande suivante en code TeX, par exemple
- pour avoir 2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Boxed
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Boîte rectangulaire avec
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{0.4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-L'espace entre le cadre et le contenu de la boîte est le même pour tous
- les types de cadres, implicitement il est de 3
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- Vous pouvez le modifier en donnant une autre valeur à la variable
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-.
- Par exemple la commande
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{10pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-met une valeur de 10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt, comme celle utilisée pour cette boîte :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{10pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Boxed
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Boîte rectangulaire avec
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{3pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
Le diamètre des coins arrondis des boîtes ovalisées peut être modifié par
la commande
\series bold
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-La taille de l'ombre peut être ajustée en changeant la valeur de la variable
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-shadowsize
-\series default
-.
- Elle est fixée à 2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt pour la boîte suivante par la commande :
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-Boîte ombrée avec
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-shadowsize
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-La valeur implicite pour la longueur
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-FrameRule
-\series default
- est 0,4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
- L'espacement implicite entre le contenu de la note et le cadre est de 9
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt et il peut être modifié en utilisant la valeur de
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-FrameSep
-\series default
-.
- Par exemple, l'apparence de la boîte suivante a été modifiée avec les commandes
- suivantes en code TeX
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{5pt}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{0.5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{5pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{0.5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Framed
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 0
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ceci est un texte dans une boîte autorisant les
-\family sans
-sauts de page
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{0.4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{9pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series default
, soit globalement avec le menu
\family sans
-Outils\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Outils\SpecialChar menuseparator
Préférences
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
-Couleurs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Couleurs\SpecialChar menuseparator
boîte
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\backslash
definecolor
\series default
- ne peut se faire sans le paquetage LaTeX
+ ne peut se faire sans le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
color
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
Par exemple l'apparence de la note à fond ombré suivante a été modifié avec
- les commandes en code TeX suivantes
+ les commandes en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ suivantes
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX fournit un mécanisme qui, en fait, permet de produire une page à l'intérie
-ur d'une page.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ fournit un mécanisme qui, en fait, permet de produire une page à l'intérieur
+ d'une page.
On parle alors d'une minipage, et à l'intérieur de celle-ci, toutes les
règles d'indentation, de saut de ligne, etc.
s'appliquent.
col% et elles sont séparées par un ressort horizontal, qui a été inséré
via le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Typographie
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-spéciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+spéciale\SpecialChar menuseparator
Ressort
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Couleur-pour-les-Paragraphes"
+reference "sec:Boîtes-colorées"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Les parboxes ressemblent beaucoup aux minipages à la différence qu'elles
ne peuvent avoir de note de bas de page.
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
- en code TeX, juste avant le mot :
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+, juste avant le mot :
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Bien sûr, maintenant le mot dépasse dans la marge latérale.
Pour éviter cela, ajoutez un saut de ligne avant le mot avec le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Typographie
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-spéciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+spéciale\SpecialChar menuseparator
Passage
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Alignement vertical
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Alignement-Vertical"
+name "subsec:Alignement-Vertical"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en code TeX avant le mot.
+en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ avant le mot.
Insérez après le mot l'accolade fermante
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
- en code TeX.
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
Cette ligne de texte contient le mot
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-De la couleur pour le texte
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+To color the background of a box just select the color you like in the box
+ dialog.
+ This is for example a box with orange background:
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 1
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "orange"
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Couleur ! Pour le texte
+
+\lang english
+Box with orange background
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Pour pouvoir colorer la couleur de fond d'un texte, il faut le mettre dans
- une boîte appelée
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
-\end_inset
-colorbox
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\lang english
+If you use the decoration
+\family sans
+\lang french
+Cadre
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- Cela demande que le paquetage LaTeX
-\series bold
-color
-\series default
+rectangulaire
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+simple
+\family default
+\lang english
+ you can set a frame color.
+ In this case you must also specify a background color (LyX sets white as
+ default).
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Box Boxed
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "teal"
+backgroundcolor "yellow"
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! color
+
+\lang english
+Box with teal frame color and yellow background color
\end_layout
\end_inset
- soit chargé dans le préambule du document avec la commande
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-@ifundefined{textcolor}
+\lang english
+Of course you can also have colored text inside a colored box:
+\lang french
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+\begin_inset Box Boxed
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "cyan"
+backgroundcolor "magenta"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-\begin_inset space ~
+\color yellow
+Ce texte est coloré dans une boîte colorée et encadrée.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-{
-\backslash
-usepackage{color}}{}
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Le paquetage
-\series bold
-color
-\series default
- sera chargé automatiquement par LyX dès que vous colorez du texte.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-C'est pour éviter qu'il soit chargé deux fois que l'on utilise la commande
-
-\series bold
+\lang english
+If you need another color than the predefined ones,
+\lang french
+ vous pouvez définir vos propres couleurs comme c'est décrit dans la section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-@ifundefined
-\series default
-.
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Tableaux-Colorés"
\end_inset
+.
+\lang english
+ To use your own color you must typeset the box by using TeX code:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-Les boîtes colorées sont créées par la commande
+\lang english
+Colored boxes without frame
+\lang french
+sont créées par la commande
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_layout Standard
Le contenu de la boîte peut aussi être une boîte et les boîtes colorées
- peuvent être placées à l'intérieur d'autres boîtes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Les couleurs suivantes sont prédéfinies ::
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-black
-\family default
- (noir),
-\family sans
-blue
-\family default
- (bleu),
-\family sans
-cyan
-\family default
-\series bold
-,
-\series default
-
-\family sans
-green
-\family default
- (vert),
-\family sans
-magenta
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-red
-\family default
- (rouge),
-\family sans
-white
-\family default
- (blanc), and
-\family sans
-yellow
-\family default
- (jaune).
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Vous pouvez aussi définir vos propres couleurs comme c'est décrit dans la
- section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Tableaux-Colorés"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Par exemple, pour avoir un mot sur fond rouge, insérez la commande
+ peuvent être placées à l'intérieur d'autres boîtes.Par exemple, pour avoir
+ un mot sur fond vertfonce, insérez la commande
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-colorbox{red}{
+colorbox{vertfonce}{
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-avant le mot en code TeX.
+avant le mot en code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
Insérez l'accolade fermante
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
- après le mot, en code TeX.
+ après le mot, en code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\backslash
-colorbox{red}{
+colorbox{vertfonce}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
- sur fond rouge.
+ sur fond vertfonce.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-Si vous voulez que la boîte soit entourée d'une bordure dans une autre couleur,
- vous pouvez utiliser la commande
+\lang english
+Framed, colored boxes are created
+\lang french
+ avec la commande
\series bold
\backslash
fcolorbox{couleur du cadre}{couleur de la boîte}{contenu de la boîte}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox
-\series default
- est une extension de
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox
-\series default
-.
- L'épaisseur du cadre et l'espace entre le cadre et le contenu de la boîte
- peuvent être modifiés avec les variables
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
- et
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-, comme c'est décrit dans la section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Décorations"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour l'exemple suivant, on a utilisé la commande
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Voici un exemple où l'épaisseur de la ligne du cadre a été mise à 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-mm:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule 1mm
-\backslash
-fboxsep 1mm
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Ce texte est dans une boîte encadrée et colorée.
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-Bien sûr, vous pouvez avoir du texte coloré dans une boîte colorée (attention,
- les yeux ! - NdT) :
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\color yellow
-Ce texte est coloré dans une boîte colorée et encadrée.
-\color inherit
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule 0.4pt
-\backslash
-fboxsep 3pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Le texte qui se trouve dans une boîte colorée ne peut pas avoir de sauts
- de ligne.
- Pour colorer plusieurs lignes de texte ou un paragraphe, utilisez une boîte
- à l'intérieur d'une boîte colorée comme c'est décrit dans ce qui suit.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-De la couleur pour les paragraphes
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Couleur-pour-les-Paragraphes"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Couleur ! Pour les paragraphes
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Pour modifier la couleur de fond de plus d'une ligne de texte, mettez le
- texte dans une minipage.
- Avant la minipage, insérez la commande
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox
-\series default
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox{color}{
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-en code TeX.
- Après la minipage, insérez l'accolade fermante
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
-\end_inset
-
-}
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
-\end_inset
-
- en code TeX.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-colorbox{lightgrey}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ce texte a un fond coloré.
- Ce texte a un fond coloré.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
-\end_inset
-
-Le texte peut avoir des notes de bas de page
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Un autre exemple de note de bas de page
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- et contenir des figures et des tableaux.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-a
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-!
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-b2
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-|
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
->
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-§
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-c
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Les boîtes pivotées et redimensionnées
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Pour pouvoir utiliser les commandes décrites dans cette section, vous devez
- charger le paquetage LaTeX
+ charger le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
graphicx
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! graphicx
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! graphicx
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
rotatebox
\series default
- en code TeX avec la syntaxe
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ avec la syntaxe
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
rotatebox[origin=c]{60}{
\series default
- a été insérée en code TeX juste avant le texte
+ a été insérée en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ juste avant le texte
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
- en code TeX.
+ en code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "width"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\backslash
resizebox
\series default
- insérées sous forme de code TeX.
+ insérées sous forme de code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
resizebox
\series default
- sont mis à zéro, il ne se produit pas d'erreur LaTeX quand on exporte le
- document, mais le document exporté peut ne pas s'afficher ou s'afficher
- partiellement.
+ sont mis à zéro, il ne se produit pas d'erreur \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ quand on exporte le document,
+ mais le document exporté peut ne pas s'afficher ou s'afficher partiellement.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
produit :
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
Les images, les tableaux et les formules sont autorisées comme contenu de
boîte :
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
de sorte qu'elle n'occupe plus qu'une partie de la largeur de la colonne.
Vous pouvez en insérer un en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Flottant\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Flottant\SpecialChar menuseparator
Flottant
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
d'enrobage
\family default
- à la condition que le paquetage LaTeX
+ à la condition que le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
wrapfig
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! wrapfig
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! wrapfig
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\emph default
-comment installer des paquetages LaTeX.
+comment installer des paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
besoin.
Cette dernière valeur est parfois difficile à évaluer, il vaut mieux ne
l'utiliser que si on rencontre des problème avec le positionnement du flottant.
- Vous pouvez aussi décider si vous autorisez LaTeX à faire flotter le flottant
+ Vous pouvez aussi décider si vous autorisez \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ à faire flotter le flottant
à l'intérieur du paragraphe ou vers les autres paragraphes.
La figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
prennent les positions suivantes dans le paragraphe :
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
ou
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
+ scale 70
+ scaleBeforeRotation
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
+ scale 70
+ scaleBeforeRotation
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
texte
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
+ scale 70
+ scaleBeforeRotation
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+texte
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
+vous pouvez utiliser la paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
- scale 70
- scaleBeforeRotation
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-texte
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-vous pouvez utiliser la paquetage LaTeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! picinpar
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! picinpar
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-La section suivante ne sera affichée que si le paquetage LaTeX
+La section suivante ne sera affichée que si le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-en code TeX au debut du paragraphe.
+en code \SpecialChar TeX
+ au debut du paragraphe.
Le premier paramètre du crochet, ici '2', définit le nombre de lignes au
dessus de l'objet, le second, ici 'c', la position de l'objet.
Les positions 'l', 'c' et 'r' ( respectivement pour gauche, centré et droite
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage LaTeX
+Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Vous devez installer le paquetage LaTeX
+Vous devez installer le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Pour utiliser des lettrines, le paquetage LaTeX
+Pour utiliser des lettrines, le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! lettrine
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! lettrine
\end_layout
\end_inset
menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
Modules
\family default
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-La section suivante ne sera affichée que si le paquetage LaTeX
+La section suivante ne sera affichée que si le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\end_inset
:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\end_inset
:
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
{
\backslash
usepackage{color}}{}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage LaTeX
+Ce qui suit sera affiché si le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Vous devez installer le paquetage LaTeX
+Vous devez installer le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
Avec le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Fichier
\family default
vous pouvez insérer un contenu externe à votre document.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX Un autre document LyX ; son contenu est directement inséré dans votre
- document.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ Un autre document \SpecialChar LyX
+ ; son contenu est directement inséré dans votre document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Sous-document Documents LyX ou LaTeX.
+Sous-document Documents \SpecialChar LyX
+ ou \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
La fonction d'insertion d'objets externes vous permet d'insérer le contenu
de fichiers dans votre document sans avoir à convertir ces derniers en
- un format qui soit compatible avec le format de sortie, puisque c'est LyX
+ un format qui soit compatible avec le format de sortie, puisque c'est \SpecialChar LyX
+
qui va s'occuper des conversions.
Ce mécanisme est semblable à celui qui permet d'insérer dans un document
- LyX des images dans des formats divers.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ des images dans des formats divers.
Quand vous avez activé
\family sans
Aperçu
vif
\family default
- dans le menu des préférences de LyX, dans la rubrique
+ dans le menu des préférences de \SpecialChar LyX
+, dans la rubrique
\family sans
-Apparence\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Apparence\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphiques
\family default
, les objets externes de type Dia et Xfig sont affichés directement dans
- LyX.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
qui est accessible via le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Fichiers\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fichiers\SpecialChar menuseparator
Objet
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-La date n'apparaîtra pas dans LyX, mais seulement dans la sortie imprimée.
+La date n'apparaîtra pas dans \SpecialChar LyX
+, mais seulement dans la sortie imprimée.
Il y a deux autre méthodes pour insérer une date : Avec le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Date
\family default
- et avec la commande LaTeX
+ et avec la commande \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\backslash
today
\series default
- entrée comme code TeX.
+ entrée comme code \SpecialChar TeX
+.
Ces différentes méthodes sont comparée dans le tableau
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- Pour cette fonction, LyX doit pouvoir trouver le programme
+ Pour cette fonction, \SpecialChar LyX
+ doit pouvoir trouver le programme
\family typewriter
ssconvert
\family default
Ce programme fait partie de gnumeric, vous devez donc aussi installer gnumeric,
même si vous n'avez pas de tableaux au format gnumeric.
Pour des exemples et les limitations possibles, jetez un œil au fichier
- LyX d'exemple,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ d'exemple,
\emph on
spreadsheet.lyx
\emph default
\series default
.
Pour plus d'information sur la gestion étendue de LilyPond, jetez un oeil
- au fichier LyX d'exemple
+ au fichier \SpecialChar LyX
+ d'exemple
\emph on
lilypond.lyx
\emph default
\family default
dans l'onglet
\family sans
-Options LaTeX et LyX
+Options \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ et \SpecialChar LyX
+
\family default
.
L'argument de cette option est une liste d'éléments séparés par des virgules,
\series default
sera neutralisée.
Pour plus d'information sur les options possibles, jetez un œil sur la
- documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+ documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
pdfpages
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! pdfpages
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! pdfpages
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
FinCadre
\family default
- et dans la suite, dans un paragraphe, une boîte de code TeX contenant la
- commande
+ et dans la suite, dans un paragraphe, une boîte de code \SpecialChar TeX
+ contenant la commande
+
\series bold
\backslash
comme les images qui sont habituellement incorporées en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphique
\family default
, comme c'est décrit dans la section
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Externe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Externe\SpecialChar menuseparator
Date
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Date
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-comme boîte de code TeX
+comme boîte de code \SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Les objets externes apparaissent dans LyX, soit comme une boîte comme celle-ci
+Les objets externes apparaissent dans \SpecialChar LyX
+, soit comme une boîte comme celle-ci
:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/ExternalMaterialQt4.png
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\family default
de l'onglet
\family sans
-Options LaTeX et LyX
+Options \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ et \SpecialChar LyX
+
\family default
de la fenêtre de dialogue.
\end_layout
un document maître les relie pour imprimer le document complet ou seulement
une partie de celui-ci.
Un sous-document hérite du contenu de son maître, par exemple le préambule
- LaTeX, la bibliographie, et les étiquettes pour les références croisées.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, la bibliographie, et les étiquettes pour les références croisées.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
maître, précisez dans le sous-document le document maître dans le menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
Classe de document
\family default
.
- Ce document maître sera par la suite utilisé de façon cachée par LyX à
- chaque fois que vous modifierez le sous-document.
+ Ce document maître sera par la suite utilisé de façon cachée par \SpecialChar LyX
+ à chaque
+ fois que vous modifierez le sous-document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Les documents inclus sont visualisés dans LyX sous la forme d'une boîte
- comme celle-ci :
+Les documents inclus sont visualisés dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ sous la forme d'une boîte comme
+ celle-ci :
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/ChildDocumentQt4.png
lyxscale 70
Pour inclure des sous-documents dans un document maître , on utilise le
menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
Sous-document
\family default
.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(include) Vous pouvez inclure des documents LyX et LaTeX.
+(include) Vous pouvez inclure des documents \SpecialChar LyX
+ et \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
Quand vous cliquez sur le bouton
\family sans
Modifier
\family sans
Sous-document
\family default
-, le document inclus est ouvert dans LyX dans un nouvel onglet pour que
- vous puissiez le modifier.
+, le document inclus est ouvert dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ dans un nouvel onglet pour que vous
+ puissiez le modifier.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Sous-section-externe-1"
+reference "subsec:Sous-section-externe-1"
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Quand vous avez inclus un fichier LyX ou LaTeX, et que ce dernier utilise
- une classe de document différente de celle du document maître, vous recevez
- un avertissement quand vous tentez de le visionner ou de l'exporter, vu
- que cela peut produire des résultats inattendus sur la sortie imprimée.
+ Quand vous avez inclus un fichier \SpecialChar LyX
+ ou \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, et que ce dernier utilise une classe
+ de document différente de celle du document maître, vous recevez un avertisseme
+nt quand vous tentez de le visionner ou de l'exporter, vu que cela peut
+ produire des résultats inattendus sur la sortie imprimée.
\end_layout
\end_inset
(input) Cette méthode est très semblable à la méthode Inclus, les différences
sont :
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Les fichiers incorporés peuvent être prévisualisés dans LyX quand l'option
+Les fichiers incorporés peuvent être prévisualisés dans \SpecialChar LyX
+ quand l'option
\family sans
Aperçu
\family default
est activée dans les préférences dans la rubrique
\family sans
-Apparence\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Apparence\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphique
\family default
.
\begin_layout Itemize
Vous ne pouvez pas exclure des fichiers incorporés via le menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
Sous-documents
\family default
.
\emph on
input
\emph default
- comme LaTeX source:
+ comme \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ source:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\begin_layout Description
Verbatim Avec cette méthode tous les fichiers textes peuvent être inclus.
- Si c'est un fichier LyX ou LaTeX, le contenu sera affiché dans la sortie
- sous forme de code source et aucune des commandes éventuellement présentes
- ne sera exécutée.
+ Si c'est un fichier \SpecialChar LyX
+ ou \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, le contenu sera affiché dans la sortie sous forme
+ de code source et aucune des commandes éventuellement présentes ne sera
+ exécutée.
Vous pouvez utiliser l'option
\family sans
Marquer
.
La différence avec la méthode qui consiste à utiliser le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
Texte
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
brut
\family default
- est que le contenu du document n'apparaît pas dans LyX.
+ est que le contenu du document n'apparaît pas dans \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note:
\series default
Inclure le même document deux fois dans un même document peut poser des
- problèmes avec LaTeX.
+ problèmes avec \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
vous êtes en train d'écrire, vous pouvez exclure des sous-documents de
la sortie en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
Sous-documents
\family default
.
\family sans
Assurer la cohérence des compteurs et des références
\family default
-, LyX va s'assurer que tous les numéros de pages, références etc...
+, \SpecialChar LyX
+ va s'assurer que tous les numéros de pages, références etc...
sont corrects comme si tous le document avait été traité.
C'est utile si vous voulez que les sous-documents choisis aient exactement
le même aspect que s'il étaient dans le document complet.
- Pour réaliser cette condition, il faut que LyX traite de façon silencieuse
+ Pour réaliser cette condition, il faut que \SpecialChar LyX
+ traite de façon silencieuse
la totalité du document.
Ce qui fait que si vous voulez diminuer les temps de compilation, et que
les compteurs et autres références n'ont pas à être à tout prix valides,
\emph on
Guide de l'utilisateur
\emph default
- de LyX.
+ de \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Insertion
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Listing
Source
\family default
.
- Le paquetage LaTeX
+ Le paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
listings
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! listings
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Vous pouvez ajouter une légende à un listing avec le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Légende
\family default
.
Une liste des listings qui contient tous les listings légendés peut être
créée par le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Listes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TdM\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+TdM\SpecialChar menuseparator
Liste des listings
\family default
.
, c'est que votre police ne contient probablement pas de série grasse.
Dans ce cas choisissez une police différente dans le menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
Polices
\family default
.
listing.
Pour le faire, il suffit d'utiliser le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
Sous-document
\family default
et de choisir le type
dans le champ correspondant de la fenêtre de dialogue.
On peut alors faire référence à cette étiquette en utilisant le menu
\family sans
-Insertion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insertion\SpecialChar menuseparator
Référence
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-15 de ce fichier LyX sont listées.
+15 de ce fichier \SpecialChar LyX
+ sont listées.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Les paramètres globaux pour les listings peuvent être modifiés avec la fenêtre
de dialogue
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paramètres\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paramètres\SpecialChar menuseparator
Listings
\family default
.
\begin_layout Chapter
\start_of_appendix
-Unités de longueur utilisables avec LyX
+Unités de longueur utilisables avec \SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\end_inset
-décrit les unités utilisées par LyX.
+décrit les unités utilisées par \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\begin_inset Float table
placement h
wide false
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
Vous pouvez exporter votre document comme un fichier DVI en utilisant le
menu
\family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar menuseparator
DVI.
\family default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Si vous souhaitez en apprendre plus à ce sujet, jetez un coup d'œil au paquetage
- LaTeX
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
pstricks
\series default
.eps
\family default
).
- Comme LyX vous permet n'importe quel format d'image connu dans votre document,
+ Comme \SpecialChar LyX
+ vous permet n'importe quel format d'image connu dans votre document,
il doit les convertir en interne en EPS.
- Si vous avez par exemple 50 images dans votre document, LyX doit faire
- 50 conversions à chaque fois que vous visualisez ou que vous exportez votre
+ Si vous avez par exemple 50 images dans votre document, \SpecialChar LyX
+ doit faire 50
+ conversions à chaque fois que vous visualisez ou que vous exportez votre
document.
Cela risque de ralentir de façon importante votre rythme de travail.
En conclusion, si vous prévoyez d'utiliser PostScript, vous pouvez insérer
Vous pouvez exporter votre document comme un fichier PostScript en utilisant
le menu
\family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar menuseparator
PostScript.
\family default
.png
\family default
).
- Vous pouvez quand même utiliser d'autres formats puisque LyX les convertit
+ Vous pouvez quand même utiliser d'autres formats puisque \SpecialChar LyX
+ les convertit
dans un de ces formats.
Mais comme il est dit dans la section sur PostScript, les conversions d'images
vont ralentir votre travail.
Vous pouvez exporter votre document comme un fichier PDF en utilisant le
menu
\family sans
-Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Fichier\SpecialChar menuseparator
Exporter
\family default
de trois façons différentes:
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\backslash
tabcolsep
\series default
- est la largeur utilisée par LaTeX entre le texte de la cellule et la bordure,
+ est la largeur utilisée par \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ entre le texte de la cellule et la bordure,
sa valeur implicite est 6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
\emph on
-The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
+The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Companion Second Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2004
Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
Daly:
\emph on
-A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
+A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Fourth Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2003
Leslie Lamport:
\emph on
-LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+: A Document Preparation System.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! arydshln
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! arydshln
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! booktabs
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! booktabs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! caption
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! diagbox
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! diagbox
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! endfloat
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! endfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! footmisc
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! footmisc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! hyperref
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! hyperref
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! KOMA-Script
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! lettrine
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! lettrine
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! listings
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! marginnote
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! marginnote
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! pdfpages
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! pdfpages
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! prettyref
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Page Web du paquetage LaTeX
+Page Web du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! PSTricks
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! PSTricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! refstyle
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-Documentation du paquetage LaTeX
+Documentation du paquetage \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paquetages LaTeX ! sidecap
+Paquetages \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ ! sidecap
\end_layout
\end_inset
au sujet des nouveautés de
\family sans
-LyX 2.0
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ 2.0
\family default
.
\end_layout
-#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 474
+#LyX 2.2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 495
\begin_document
\begin_header
+\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/ja/
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
%% Added by the translator
\setboolean{colortbl}{true}}
{\setboolean{colortbl}{false}}
-% used for colored table rows
-\usepackage[table]{xcolor}
-
% used to have extra space in table cells
\@ifundefined{extrarowheight}
{\usepackage{array}}{}
\DeclareCaptionOption{large}[]{\def\captionfont{\large}}
\DeclareCaptionOption{Large}[]{\def\captionfont{\Large}}
\end_preamble
-\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading,usenames,dvipsnames
+\options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading,usenames,dvipsnames,table
\use_default_options false
\begin_modules
initials
LabelString "ルビ"
Decoration Conglomerate
Argument post:1
- LabelString "ルビ文"
- MenuString "ルビ文(S)|S"
- Decoration Conglomerate
- Font
- Size tiny
- EndFont
- LabelFont
- Size tiny
- EndFont
- Mandatory 1
+LabelString "ルビ文"
+MenuString "ルビ文(S)|S"
+Decoration Conglomerate
+Font
+Size tiny
+EndFont
+LabelFont
+Size tiny
+EndFont
+Mandatory 1
EndArgument
Preamble
\IfFileExists{okumacro.sty}
- {\usepackage{okumacro}}
- {\newcommand{\ruby}[2]{#2}}
+{\usepackage{okumacro}}
+{\newcommand{\ruby}[2]{#2}}
EndPreamble
End
\end_local_layout
\begin_body
\begin_layout Title
-LyXの図表・フロート・注釈・ボックス・外部素材に関する詳細説明書
+\SpecialChar LyX
+の図表・フロート・注釈・ボックス・外部素材に関する詳細説明書
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
-LyXプロジェクトチーム
+\SpecialChar LyX
+プロジェクトチーム
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
-コメントや間違いの指摘がありましたら、LyX文書化メーリングリスト
+コメントや間違いの指摘がありましたら、\SpecialChar LyX
+文書化メーリングリスト
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
-の各LaTeXパッケージが導入されている必要があります。これらが導入されていなくても、文書を書き出すことはできますが、これらのパッケージが必要な節は出力には表示
-されません。
+の各\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージが導入されている必要があります。これらが導入されていなくても、文書を書き出すことはできますが、これらのパッケージが必要な節は出力には表示されません
+。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#EmbeddedObjects
+http://wiki.lyx.org/\SpecialChar LyX
+/DocumentationDevelopment#EmbeddedObjects
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\family default
をクリックするか、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
画像
\family default
メニューを使用して下さい。すると、ダイアログが現れるので、読み込むファイルを選択して下さい。出力中での画像は、本文中の挿入位置に正確に出力されます。
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ず@図 ! のかいてん@---の回転
+ず@図 ! のかいてん@—の回転
\end_layout
\end_inset
-回転角と回転原点を指定することによって、反時計廻り方向へ画像を回転することができます。画像は、LyX内でも回転して表示されます。
+回転角と回転原点を指定することによって、反時計廻り方向へ画像を回転することができます。画像は、\SpecialChar LyX
+内でも回転して表示されます。
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ず@図 ! のしんしゅく@---の伸縮
+ず@図 ! のしんしゅく@—の伸縮
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
外部で編集
\family default
-という項目を選ぶことによって、画像を指定したプログラムで開くことができます。このプログラムは、LyX設定のファイル書式設定で、各画像書式ごとに設定することができ
-ます。
+という項目を選ぶことによって、画像を指定したプログラムで開くことができます。このプログラムは、\SpecialChar LyX
+設定のファイル書式設定で、各画像書式ごとに設定することができます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
-LaTeXとLyXのオプション
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+と\SpecialChar LyX
+のオプション
\family default
- このタブでは、LyX内での画像表示法を調整できる他、LaTeXのエキスパート向けにLaTeXオプションを追加することができるようになっています。
+ このタブでは、\SpecialChar LyX
+内での画像表示法を調整できる他、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+のエキスパート向けに\SpecialChar LaTeX
+オプションを追加することができるようになっています。
\family sans
\begin_inset Newline newline
\emph on
x.eps.gz
\emph default
-のような、zip圧縮されたEPS画像のみに有効です。このオプションが有効になっていると、LaTeXはzip圧縮EPS画像をそのまま取り扱えるので、画像は解凍され
-ません。
+のような、zip圧縮されたEPS画像のみに有効です。このオプションが有効になっていると、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ã\81¯zipå\9c§ç¸®EPSç\94»å\83\8fã\82\92ã\81\9dã\81®ã\81¾ã\81¾å\8f\96ã\82\8aæ\89±ã\81\88ã\82\8bã\81®ã\81§ã\80\81ç\94»å\83\8fã\81¯è§£å\87\8dã\81\95ã\82\8cã\81¾ã\81\9bã\82\93ã\80\82
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-二つめのコマンドは、LaTeXが圧縮画像を取り扱う際に必要な領域ボックスファイル「x.eps.bb」を生成します。
+二つめのコマンドは、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+が圧縮画像を取り扱う際に必要な領域ボックスファイル「x.eps.bb」を生成します。
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
の画像の例で、単独の中央揃えの段落に置いてあります。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
下記は上と同じ画像ですが、下書きモードのものです。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family default
か
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-フロート\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
+フロート\SpecialChar menuseparator
図
\family default
メニューを用いると、「図 #」(#は実際には数字です)というラベルのキャプションを持ったフロートが挿入されます。画像は、図
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-さんしょう@参照 ! ずへの@図への ---
+さんしょう@参照 ! ずへの@図への —
\end_layout
\end_inset
図は、参照された図の例です。図は、本文中でラベルを参照することによって参照できます。これをするには、まず、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
ラベル
\family default
メニューかツールバーボタン
\family default
を使用して、キャプションにラベルを挿入してください。その後、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
相互参照
\family default
メニューかツールバーボタン
\family default
-を使用して、ラベルを参照することができます。LaTeXは仕上文書でのフロートの位置を調整するので、「上図」のような曖昧な参照のしかたをするのではなく、フロートを
-直接参照することが重要です。仕上文書では、「上図」ではないことが、大いにありうるからです。
+を使用して、ラベルを参照することができます。\SpecialChar LaTeX
+は仕上文書でのフロートの位置を調整するので、「上図」のような曖昧な参照のしかたをするのではなく、フロートを直接参照す
+ることが重要です。仕上文書では、「上図」ではないことが、大いにありうるからです。
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
-で説明されているように、出力に関しては、どの出力文書形式も、いくつかの画像形式しか受け付けません。したがってLyXは、画像を正しい形式に変換するのに、バックグラ
-ウンドで
+で説明されているように、出力に関しては、どの出力文書形式も、いくつかの画像形式しか受け付けません。したがって\SpecialChar LyX
+は、画像を正しい形式に変換するのに、バックグラウンド
+で
\family typewriter
ImageMagick
\family default
\bar default
\noun default
\color inherit
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
表
\family default
メニューを選択します。ツールバーボタンを押すと、グラフィカルな選択ができます。マウスを動かして、生成する表の行数・列数を設定し、マウスボタンを押して下さい。表を
既定の表では、各セルの周囲に罫線が引かれ、第一行が表の他の部分から分離して表示されます。この分離が起こるのは二重線のためです。第一行のセルが下に罫線を伴っている
のと同時に、第二行のセルも上に罫線を伴っているのです。以下は表の一例です。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\bar default
\noun default
\color inherit
-詳細\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+詳細\SpecialChar menuseparator
設定
\family roman
\series medium
とある揃えは、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:特殊なセル揃え"
+reference "subsec:特殊なセル揃え"
\end_inset
は、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:複数行"
+reference "subsec:複数行"
\end_inset
さらに、同一行の一つまたは複数のセルを連結列セルとして指定することができます。これに関しては、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:連結列"
+reference "subsec:連結列"
\end_inset
節をご参照下さい。あるいは同一列のセルを連結行セルとして指定することもできます。これについては、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:連結行"
+reference "subsec:連結行"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-回転関連のチェックボックスは、現在セルや選択範囲あるいは表全体を反時計廻りに90度回転させます。回転は、LyX内部では反映されず、出力にのみ現れます。
+回転関連のチェックボックスは、現在セルや選択範囲あるいは表全体を反時計廻りに90度回転させます。回転は、\SpecialChar LyX
+内部では反映されず、出力にのみ現れます。
+\lang english
+For more information see
+\lang japanese
+第
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:表セルの回転"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
各種の揃えを適用した同一行中の表:
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="top">
+<features tabularvalignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="bottom">
+<features tabularvalignment="bottom">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-また、特殊な表設定に必要なLaTeX引数を入力することもできます。これに関しては、第
+また、特殊な表設定に必要な\SpecialChar LaTeX
+引数を入力することもできます。これに関しては、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:連結列の計算"
+reference "subsec:連結列の計算"
\end_inset
またここで、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:行の余白取り"
+reference "subsec:行の余白取り"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-表ツールバーは、表ダイアログの代わりに、表をすばやく変更できるようにするためのものです。通常、カーソルが表の内部にあるときに、LyXのメインウィンドウの底部に表
-示されます。ご希望であれば、LyXのメインメニューバーを右クリックすることによって、つねに表示されるように切り替えることもできます。
+表ツールバーは、表ダイアログの代わりに、表をすばやく変更できるようにするためのものです。通常、カーソルが表の内部にあるときに、\SpecialChar LyX
+のメインウィンドウの底部に表示され
+ます。ご希望であれば、\SpecialChar LyX
+のメインメニューバーを右クリックすることによって、つねに表示されるように切り替えることもできます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
表ダイアログと表ツールバーの他に、
\family sans
-編集\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+編集\SpecialChar menuseparator
表
\family default
メニューでも、現在行や現在列の罫線を引いたり消したりすることができ、あるいは現在の選択範囲を連結列に指定したりすることができます。このメニューは、カーソルが表内
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\family sans
挿入
\shape up
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-フロート\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+フロート\SpecialChar menuseparator
表
\family default
\shape default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-キャプションを表の上に入れるのは、標準的な組版方法ですが、残念ながらLaTeXの標準クラスではサポートされていません。つまり、article・book・lett
-er・reportのような文書クラスを使用した場合には、キャプションと表のあいだに余白が入りません。必要な余白を入れるには、使用中の文書のプリアンブルに、LaT
-eXパッケージの
+キャプションを表の上に入れるのは、標準的な組版方法ですが、残念ながら\SpecialChar LaTeX
+の標準クラスではサポートされていません。つまり、article・book・letter・re
+portのような文書クラスを使用した場合には、キャプションと表のあいだに余白が入りません。必要な余白を入れるには、使用中の文書のプリアンブルに、LaTeXパッケ
+ージの
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
表は、本文中において、ラベルを参照することによって相互参照することができます。そのためには、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
ラベル
\family default
メニューかツールバーボタンの
\family default
-を用いて、キャプションにラベルを挿入して下さい。然る後に、挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+を用いて、キャプションにラベルを挿入して下さい。然る後に、挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
相互参照メニューかツールバーボタンの
\family sans
キャプション: カーソル位置の行を表のキャプションにします。この行は一列にリセットされ、キャプションが挿入されます。長尺表のキャプションについての詳細は、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:長尺表のキャプション"
+reference "subsec:長尺表のキャプション"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
加えて、表が分割される行を指定することができます。長尺表の動作を見るために以下の例を参照してください。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
本コマンドの説明については、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:長尺表のキャプション"
+reference "subsec:長尺表のキャプション"
\end_inset
長尺表での脚注
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:長尺表での脚注"
+name "subsec:長尺表での脚注"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-という行を当該長尺表の前にTeXコードとして挿入して、長さ
+という行を当該長尺表の前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードとして挿入して、長さ
\series bold
\backslash
\backslash
fill
\series default
-となっており、LyXの水平フィルと同等になっています。
+となっており、\SpecialChar LyX
+の水平フィルと同等になっています。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
このコマンドの説明に関しては、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:長尺表のキャプション"
+reference "subsec:長尺表のキャプション"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:長尺表のキャプション"
+name "subsec:長尺表のキャプション"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
【註1】
\series default
表番号は、長尺表にキャプションを付けなかったとしても、各長尺表毎に加番されます。このため、あいだにキャプションのない二つの長尺表が挟まっていたならば、表一覧では
-、たとえば表2.1の後に表2.4が来ることがあります。これを回避するためには、キャプションのないすべての長尺表の後に、TeXコードで
+、たとえば表2.1の後に表2.4が来ることがあります。これを回避するためには、キャプションのないすべての長尺表の後に、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-キャプションのレイアウトは、文書中の他のすべてのキャプションと一緒に、LaTeXパッケージの
+キャプションのレイアウトは、文書中の他のすべてのキャプションと一緒に、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージの
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-inです。これを変更するには、現文書の文書プリアンブルか、調整したい長尺表の前の文中にTeXコードとして
+inです。これを変更するには、現文書の文書プリアンブルか、調整したい長尺表の前の文中に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードとして
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\series bold
【註】
\series default
-この文書のようにLaTeXパッケージの
+この文書のように\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージの
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
captionsetup{width=値}
\series default
-というLaTeXコマンドを用いる方法があります。
+という\SpecialChar LaTeX
+コマンドを用いる方法があります。
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
は、異なるヘッダを持つ長尺表の一例です。2番目のキャプションには表番が現れないようにしてあります。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="59" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeXは、表ページの頁高と改頁をいわゆる単位塊(チャンクchunk)を使って計算します。単位塊は、一度にLaTeXのメモリに読み込まれる表の断片です。歴史上
-の経緯から、既定値はたった表20行分に設定されています。多頁にわたる長尺表がある場合、この設定では文書の生成に時間がかかるかもしれません。この場合、
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+は、表ページの頁高と改頁をいわゆる単位塊(チャンクchunk)を使って計算します。単位塊は、一度に\SpecialChar LaTeX
+のメモリに読み込まれる表の断片です。歴史上の経緯から、既定値は
+たった表20行分に設定されています。多頁にわたる長尺表がある場合、この設定では文書の生成に時間がかかるかもしれません。この場合、
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
clearpage
\series default
-コマンドを長尺表の前にTeXコードとして書き加えてください。
+コマンドを長尺表の前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードとして書き加えてください。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-既定の設定では、表は行の間でのみ改頁されます。もし複数行を含むセルがあり、そのセル中で改頁を行いたい時には、セル中の改頁してもよい場所にTeXコードで改行コマン
-ド「
+既定の設定では、表は行の間でのみ改頁されます。もし複数行を含むセルがあり、そのセル中で改頁を行いたい時には、セル中の改頁してもよい場所に\SpecialChar TeX
+ã\82³ã\83¼ã\83\89ã\81§æ\94¹è¡\8cã\82³ã\83\9eã\83³ã\83\89ã\80\8c
\series bold
\backslash
\series bold
&
\series default
-」文字を、TeXコードで挿入してやる必要があります。この
+」文字を、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで挿入してやる必要があります。この
\series bold
&
\series default
\series bold
&
\series default
-の後に、右側の本来のセルに入るべき内容をTeXコードで書き込み、右側のセルの内容は削除してください。
+の後に、右側の本来のセルに入るべき内容を\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで書き込み、右側のセルの内容は削除してください。
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\emph on
Castelchiodato,
\emph default
-」の後にTeXコードとして挿入してあります。
+」の後に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードとして挿入してあります。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドを当該セルの初めにTeXコードで挿入しなくてはなりません。こうすることで、新規頁部分に表示されるセル内の部分が、正しく全幅を使用するようにできます
-。
+というコマンドを当該セルの初めに\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで挿入しなくてはなりません。こうすることで、新規頁部分に表示されるセル内の部分が、正しく全幅を使用するようにできます。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="38" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" lastFootEmpty="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0cm">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
表セル内の複数行
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:複数行"
+name "subsec:複数行"
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-固定幅のセルに長い単語を入れた場合、もしそれがセルの最初にあると、LaTeXはハイフネーションを行うことができません。したがって、その単語がセルの最初に来ないよ
-うにするためには、何かを入れなくてはなりません。そこで、その単語の前に0
+固定幅のセルに長い単語を入れた場合、もしそれがセルの最初にあると、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+はハイフネーションを行うことができません。したがって、その単語がセルの最初に来ないようにするた
+めには、何かを入れなくてはなりません。そこで、その単語の前に0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\series bold
【訳註】
\series default
-pLaTeXを使用している場合、日本語の文章は正しく改行されます。
+p\SpecialChar LaTeX
+を使用している場合、日本語の文章は正しく改行されます。
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
連結列
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:連結列"
+name "subsec:連結列"
\end_inset
\family default
を押すか、
\family sans
-編集\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-表\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+編集\SpecialChar menuseparator
+表\SpecialChar menuseparator
連結列
\family default
メニューを使用するか、あるいは選択したセルを右クリックして現れるメニューから
\begin_layout Standard
連結列はセル設定が独立しています。つまり、セル罫線やセルの縦横揃え、幅設定等を変更した場合には、現在の連結列のみに適用されるのです。以下は、第一行に連結行があり
、最下行に上罫線のない連結行がある表の例です。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
連結列の計算
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:連結列の計算"
+name "subsec:連結列の計算"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyXは、連結列を直接にサポートしていますが、同列にある連結セル以外のセル幅については、考慮が必要です。
+\SpecialChar LyX
+は、連結列を直接にサポートしていますが、同列にある連結セル以外のセル幅については、考慮が必要です。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="1.25cm" special=">{\centering}m{1.25cm-6.2pt}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="1.25cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-となります。LaTeX中で計算を可能にするには、文書プリアンブル行に
+となります。\SpecialChar LaTeX
+中で計算を可能にするには、文書プリアンブル行に
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-と書いて、LaTeXパッケージ
+と書いて、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
-を読み込まなくてはなりません。LyXの「表の設定」ダイアログの幅フィールドでは、長さを計算することができません。したがって、ダイアログのLaTeXの引数欄に書き
-込むことによって列を整形しなくてはなりません。以下は、その引数の概要です。
+を読み込まなくてはなりません。\SpecialChar LyX
+の「表の設定」ダイアログの幅フィールドでは、長さを計算することができません。したがって、ダイアログの\SpecialChar LaTeX
+の引数欄に書き込むことによって
+列を整形しなくてはなりません。以下は、その引数の概要です。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX変数を入力すると、表ダイアログで設定されたすべてのセル設定は無効になります。
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+変数を入力すると、表ダイアログで設定されたすべてのセル設定は無効になります。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
【註】
\series default
-バグのせいで、LyXは無効にされた設定も表示してしまいます。
+バグのせいで、\SpecialChar LyX
+は無効にされた設定も表示してしまいます。
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
centering
\series default
-コマンドを入れます。したがって、以下のようなLaTeX変数を、最初の被連結列に入れます。
+コマンドを入れます。したがって、以下のような\SpecialChar LaTeX
+変数を、最初の被連結列に入れます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-こうして被連結列セルの文章に、中央揃えを選択しましたが、連結セルの文章は依然として左揃えになっています。これは、LyXは揃えを一列分のみに適用するためです。した
-がって、連結セルには
+こうして被連結列セルの文章に、中央揃えを選択しましたが、連結セルの文章は依然として左揃えになっています。これは、\SpecialChar LyX
+は揃えを一列分のみに適用するためです。したがって
+、連結セルには
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というLaTeX変数を指定しなくてはなりません。
+という\SpecialChar LaTeX
+変数を指定しなくてはなりません。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
連結行
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:連結行"
+name "subsec:連結行"
\end_inset
\family default
を押すか、メニュー
\family sans
-編集\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-表\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+編集\SpecialChar menuseparator
+表\SpecialChar menuseparator
連結行
\family default
を選ぶか、選択したセルを右クリックして、コンテクストメニューから
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
連結行
\family default
を選んでください。
\begin_layout Standard
下記は一列目に連結列を適用した表の例です。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
下記は、-4ミリの垂直オフセットを設定し、3センチ幅の列中にある右揃えの連結列セルがある表の例です。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_inset
)を使用できますが、この場合、下記の例に示されているようにセル行との整合を顧慮しません。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="middle" width="2cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-読者に表中の行見出しや列見出しが何を意味しているかを伝えるには、表の第1セルに対角線を一本ないし二本引いて分割すると便利です。これは、LaTeXパッケージの
+読者に表中の行見出しや列見出しが何を意味しているかを伝えるには、表の第1セルに対角線を一本ないし二本引いて分割すると便利です。これは、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージの
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! diagbox
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! diagbox
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
diagbox
\series default
-というコマンドがありますので、以下のように、これに2ないし3の引数をつけて、TeXコードで挿入します。
+というコマンドがありますので、以下のように、これに2ないし3の引数をつけて、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで挿入します。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-この節は、LaTeXパッケージ
+この節は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\noindent
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
3引数書式は、例えばスポーツリーグや距離を示すクロス表に便利です。
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-diagbox{
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
-ホームチーム
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-結果
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-アウェイチーム
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tigers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Panthers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Falcons
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tigers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1:3
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0:1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Panthers
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3:1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0:0
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Falcons
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1:0
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0:0
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-大きなクロス表では、下記のように、2つないし全部のコーナーセルに対角線を入れると良いかもしれません。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+diagbox{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ホームチーム
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+結果
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+アウェイチーム
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tigers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Panthers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Falcons
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tigers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1:3
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0:1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Panthers
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+3:1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0:0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Falcons
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1:0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0:0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+—
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+大きなクロス表では、下記のように、2つないし全部のコーナーセルに対角線を入れると良いかもしれません。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
----
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
対角線を引いたセルに必要な幅は、自動的に計算されます。したがって、計算された幅よりも小さい固定列幅を指定してしまうと、下記の例のように、セルの中身がはみ出てしま
います。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\backslash
diagbox
\series default
-のコマンドオプション内では行うことができないので、前もって新しい長さを定義しておく必要があります。これは、TeXコードコマンドで
+のコマンドオプション内では行うことができないので、前もって新しい長さを定義しておく必要があります。これは、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードコマンドで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-とすれば実現できます。LaTeX内で計算を行うには、文書プリアンブル中で
+とすれば実現できます。\SpecialChar LaTeX
+内で計算を行うには、文書プリアンブル中で
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
というコマンドを使用します。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_layout Standard
対角線の引いたセルは、当該列中で最も幅広くなっていなくてはなりません。さもないと、次の表のように、対角線の長さが正しく計算できなくなってしまいます。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\end_inset
cm幅を使用しています。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\end_inset
。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
diagbox
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
表中の行に余白を加えるには、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:行の余白取り"
+reference "subsec:行の余白取り"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-全列にまたがらない罫線は、連結列セルに罫線を指定することで作成することができます。LyXは、内部的に
+全列にまたがらない罫線は、連結列セルに罫線を指定することで作成することができます。\SpecialChar LyX
+は、内部的に
\series bold
\backslash
\backslash
cmidrule
\series default
-のオプションは、現在のところLyXがサポートしていないので、オプションを使用するためには、TeXコードを使わなくてはなりません。
+のオプションは、現在のところ\SpecialChar LyX
+がサポートしていないので、オプションを使用するためには、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードを使わなくてはなりません。
\series bold
\backslash
cmidrule
\series default
-は、行の第一列の中に、最初にTeXコードでこのコマンドを入れることによって、手動で指定することができます。この罫線は、出力では現在行の上に引かれることになります
-。
+は、行の第一列の中に、最初に\SpecialChar TeX
+ã\82³ã\83¼ã\83\89ã\81§ã\81\93ã\81®ã\82³ã\83\9eã\83³ã\83\89ã\82\92å\85¥ã\82\8cã\82\8bã\81\93ã\81¨ã\81«ã\82\88ã\81£ã\81¦ã\80\81æ\89\8bå\8b\95ã\81§æ\8c\87å®\9aã\81\99ã\82\8bã\81\93ã\81¨ã\81\8cã\81§ã\81\8dã\81¾ã\81\99ã\80\82ã\81\93ã\81®ç½«ç·\9aã\81¯ã\80\81å\87ºå\8a\9bã\81§ã\81¯ç\8f¾å\9c¨è¡\8cã\81®ä¸\8aã\81«å¼\95ã\81\8bã\82\8cã\82\8bã\81\93ã\81¨ã\81«ã\81ªã\82\8aã\81¾ã\81\99ã\80\82
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\backslash
cmidrule
\series default
-が欲しいことがあるかもしれません。これは、TeXコードで
+が欲しいことがあるかもしれません。これは、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドを使用すれば、全列にわたる罫線を生成することができます。これらの特殊機能については、LaTeXパッケージ
+というコマンドを使用すれば、全列にわたる罫線を生成することができます。これらの特殊機能については、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
booktabs
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! booktabs
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! booktabs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
raiseboxは、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:垂直揃え"
+reference "subsec:垂直揃え"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というTeXコードコマンドを使用して揃えています。ボックスの後には、閉じ括弧
+という\SpecialChar TeX
+コードコマンドを使用して揃えています。ボックスの後には、閉じ括弧
\series bold
}
\series default
-をTeXコードとして挿入してあります。最後の項目の第二表には、
+を\SpecialChar TeX
+コードとして挿入してあります。最後の項目の第二表には、
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Standard
もし色の付いた文章が欲しいだけならば、そのセルを選択して、
\family sans
-編集\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+編集\SpecialChar menuseparator
文字様式
\family default
メニューで色を選んでください。表
\end_inset
-を作るのに、この方法が使われています。それ以外の場合には、LaTeXパッケージの
+を作るのに、この方法が使われています。それ以外の場合には、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージの
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-本節の以下の部分は、LaTeXパッケージ
+本節の以下の部分は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
コマンドに関する詳細は、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:連結列の計算"
+reference "subsec:連結列の計算"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドで色付けすることができます。どちらのコマンドも、セルの冒頭にTeXコードで書き込みます。
+というコマンドで色付けすることができます。どちらのコマンドも、セルの冒頭に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで書き込みます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-表中の文字に色付けをするには、セルを選択してから、LyXのメニュー
+表中の文字に色付けをするには、セルを選択してから、\SpecialChar LyX
+のメニュー
\family sans
-編集\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+編集\SpecialChar menuseparator
文字様式
\family default
-を使用します。セルにTeXコードが入っている場合には、文章部分だけ選択してください。さもないと色付け指定されたTeXコードがLaTeXエラーを引き起こしてしまい
-ます。
+を使用します。セルに\SpecialChar TeX
+コードが入っている場合には、文章部分だけ選択してください。さもないと色付け指定された\SpecialChar TeX
+コードが\SpecialChar LaTeX
+エラーを引き起こしてしまいます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\emph on
darkgreen
\emph default
-にしたいので、この列のLaTeX変数として
+にしたいので、この列の\SpecialChar LaTeX
+変数として
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というTeXコードコマンドを書き込みます。これによって、第一セルの列色指定が上書きされてしまうことに注意してください。最終行の最後のセルは、
+という\SpecialChar TeX
+コードコマンドを書き込みます。これによって、第一セルの列色指定が上書きされてしまうことに注意してください。最終行の最後のセルは、
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というTeXコードコマンドを書き込むことで、マルーンに色づけされています。この後、
+という\SpecialChar TeX
+コードコマンドを書き込むことで、マルーンに色づけされています。この後、
\family sans
-編集\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+編集\SpecialChar menuseparator
文字様式
\family default
メニューを使って、各文字に色付けをすることができます。
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special=">{\columncolor{darkgreen}\centering}c">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! xcolor
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! xcolor
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
-パッケージも読み込むので、LaTeXエラーを防ぐためには、お使いのLaTeX頒布版中に
+パッケージも読み込むので、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+エラーを防ぐためには、お使いの\SpecialChar LaTeX
+頒布版中に
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-本節の以下の部分は、LaTeXパッケージ
+本節の以下の部分は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-表の行は、文書プリアンブル中か、色付けする最初の表の前にTeXコードで
+表の行は、文書プリアンブル中か、色付けする最初の表の前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:罫線幅"
+reference "subsec:罫線幅"
\end_inset
たとえば縦罫線を緑に着色するには、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:自製書式"
+reference "subsec:自製書式"
\end_inset
\end_inset
-では、最右列にLaTeX変数
+では、最右列に\SpecialChar LaTeX
+変数
\series bold
WcW
\series default
-、他の列にLaTeX変数
+、他の列に\SpecialChar LaTeX
+変数
\series bold
Wc
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="WcW">
\end_inset
-のように、たとえば横罫線を赤にしたいときには、表ないし表フロートの前にTeXコードで
+のように、たとえば横罫線を赤にしたいときには、表ないし表フロートの前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドを、表ないし表フロートの後にTeXコードで入力して下さい。表
+というコマンドを、表ないし表フロートの後に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで入力して下さい。表
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:色付き罫線の表"
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Wc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="WcW">
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-かいてん@回転 ! そざいの@素材の---
+かいてん@回転 ! そざいの@素材の—
\end_layout
\end_inset
と入れてください。表
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:表多行回転"
+reference "tab:回転表"
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $W_{\text{列}}$
\end_inset
-に、列の内容と列罫線との間の余白(LaTeX長
+に、列の内容と列罫線との間の余白(\SpecialChar LaTeX
+長
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt)の2倍と、罫線幅(LaTeX長
+pt)の2倍と、罫線幅(\SpecialChar LaTeX
+長
\series bold
\backslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-となります。表が使用できる幅は、ページ余白の間の幅か、本文段幅(二段組文書の場合)です(LaTeX長
+となります。表が使用できる幅は、ページ余白の間の幅か、本文段幅(二段組文書の場合)です(\SpecialChar LaTeX
+長
\series bold
\backslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-計算を行わせる場合には、文書プリアンブル中でLaTeXパッケージ
+計算を行わせる場合には、文書プリアンブル中で\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
calc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! calc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! calc
\end_layout
\end_inset
を読みこませる必要があります。表ダイアログ中で幅を設定するには、
\family sans
-LaTeXの引数
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+の引数
\family default
フィールドに書きこまなくてはなりません。このフィールドのコマンドスキームは、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:連結列の計算"
+reference "subsec:連結列の計算"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="20col%" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}*\real{0.75}}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="20col%" special=">{\centering}p{(1\columnwidth-62.4pt)/\real{4.5}}">
行の余白取り
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:行の余白取り"
+name "subsec:行の余白取り"
\end_inset
\end_inset
-ならば、LyXは既定値として0.5
+ならば、\SpecialChar LyX
+は既定値として0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-行下 これは表の行の文字下に余白を追加します。もし表がフォーマル形式の表ならば、LyXは既定値として0.5
+行下 これは表の行の文字下に余白を追加します。もし表がフォーマル形式の表ならば、\SpecialChar LyX
+は既定値として0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-行間 これは表の現在行と次の行の間に余白を追加します。もし表がフォーマル形式の表ならば、LyXは既定値として0.5
+行間 これは表の現在行と次の行の間に余白を追加します。もし表がフォーマル形式の表ならば、\SpecialChar LyX
+は既定値として0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-しかしこの方法は、セル内の文章が縦方向に中央揃えにならないという欠点があります(自己定義の表書式を用いると、LyXは自動的に
+しかしこの方法は、セル内の文章が縦方向に中央揃えにならないという欠点があります(自己定義の表書式を用いると、\SpecialChar LyX
+は自動的に
\series bold
array
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-標準大よりも大きいフォント寸法を使用している場合には、文字が表罫線に近寄りすぎることがよくあります。これは、表の行の最初にTeXコードで
+標準大よりも大きいフォント寸法を使用している場合には、文字が表罫線に近寄りすぎることがよくあります。これは、表の行の最初に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\series bold
\backslash
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
特殊なセル揃え
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:特殊なセル揃え"
+name "subsec:特殊なセル揃え"
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="decimal" decimal_point="." valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features booktabs="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{}l">
<row>
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というLaTeX引数を第2列に指定します。
+という\SpecialChar LaTeX
+引数を第2列に指定します。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="6">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" special="@{}l">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top">
自製のセル書式および列書式
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:自製書式"
+name "subsec:自製書式"
\end_inset
節のようにして通常列の必要幅を計算したり、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:連結列の計算"
+reference "subsec:連結列の計算"
\end_inset
は、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:複数行"
+reference "subsec:複数行"
\end_inset
節で述べたように、最初の単語がハイフネートされる問題を回避するためのものです。すると連結列を作成する際には、表ダイアログの
\family sans
-LaTeXの引数
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+の引数
\family default
で
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-こうしておけば、当該セルのLaTeX引数に
+こうしておけば、当該セルの\SpecialChar LaTeX
+引数に
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-最後の「c」は、文字列が水平方向中央揃えになった可変幅の列を生成します。こうしておいて、LaTeX引数に
+最後の「c」は、文字列が水平方向中央揃えになった可変幅の列を生成します。こうしておいて、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+引数に
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-を生成するには、第1列と連結列にLaTeX引数として
+を生成するには、第1列と連結列に\SpecialChar LaTeX
+引数として
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="2.5cm" special="M{2.5cm}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" special="S{2.5cm}{2}">
<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
罫線幅
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:罫線幅"
+name "subsec:罫線幅"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-ptにするには、表や表フロートの前にTeXコードで
+ptにするには、表や表フロートの前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドを挿入します。こうして変更した罫線幅は、これ以降のすべての表に適用されます。ふたたび既定値を使用するには、表か表フロートの前にTeXコードで
+というコマンドを挿入します。こうして変更した罫線幅は、これ以降のすべての表に適用されます。ふたたび既定値を使用するには、表か表フロートの前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\series bold
\backslash
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt幅にするには、表または表フロートの前にTeXコードとして以下のコマンドを挿入してください。
+pt幅にするには、表または表フロートの前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードとして以下のコマンドを挿入してください。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-既定幅に戻すには、表または表フロートの後にTeXコードとして以下のコマンドを挿入します。
+既定幅に戻すには、表または表フロートの後に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードとして以下のコマンドを挿入します。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
pt幅にするには、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:自製書式"
+reference "subsec:自製書式"
\end_inset
\end_inset
-を作るには、最右列にLaTeX引数
+を作るには、最右列に\SpecialChar LaTeX
+引数
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Vc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="Vc">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special="VcV">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-この節は、LaTeXパッケージ
+この節は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" special=":c">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyXは点罫を自前ではサポートしません。そこでTeXコードを使用する必要があります。必須要件として、文書プリアンブル中に
+\SpecialChar LyX
+は点罫を自前ではサポートしません。そこで\SpecialChar TeX
+コードを使用する必要があります。必須要件として、文書プリアンブル中に
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドを書き、LaTeXパッケージの
+というコマンドを書き、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージの
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! arydshln
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! arydshln
\end_layout
\end_inset
-を読み込んでおく必要があります。縦罫を点罫にするには、表セルダイアログのLaTeX変数として、水平揃え用の文字とともにコロン「:」を入力してください。
+を読み込んでおく必要があります。縦罫を点罫にするには、表セルダイアログの\SpecialChar LaTeX
+変数として、水平揃え用の文字とともにコロン「:」を入力してください。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-横点罫を得るには、表中当該行の最初のセルの冒頭に、TeXコードで
+横点罫を得るには、表中当該行の最初のセルの冒頭に、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-連結列に点罫を書くには、表中当該行の最初のセルの冒頭に、TeXコードで
+連結列に点罫を書くには、表中当該行の最初のセルの冒頭に、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-は、第3列のLaTeX変数に「:c」を指定して作られています。第3行の最初のセルには、TeXコードのコマンド
+は、第3列の\SpecialChar LaTeX
+変数に「:c」を指定して作られています。第3行の最初のセルには、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードのコマンド
\series bold
\backslash
hdashline
\series default
-が挿れられており、第4行の最初のセルには、TeXコードのコマンド
+が挿れられており、第4行の最初のセルには、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードのコマンド
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=">{\columncolor{darkgreen}\centering}c">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special=":c">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-のようになります。黒の罫線に戻すには、以下のコマンドを表の後ろにTeXコードで挿入する必要があります。
+のようになります。黒の罫線に戻すには、以下のコマンドを表の後ろに\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで挿入する必要があります。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-としてください。点線の間の余白に色をつけるには、表の前にTeXコードで
+としてください。点線の間の余白に色をつけるには、表の前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
【註】
\series default
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
-は、文書プリアンブル中でLaTeXパッケージ
+は、文書プリアンブル中で\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
colortbl
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! colortbl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! colortbl
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
arydshln
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
フロートを挿入するには、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
フロート
\family default
メニュー(
\end_inset
-節に述べられています。また、LyX文書を読みやすくするために、ボックスラベルを左クリックすれば、フロートボックスを広げたり畳んだりすることができるようになってい
-ます。畳んだフロートボックスは、
+節に述べられています。また、\SpecialChar LyX
+文書を読みやすくするために、ボックスラベルを左クリックすれば、フロートボックスを広げたり畳んだりすることができるようになっています。
+畳んだフロートボックスは、
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/floatQt4.png
scale 70
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-周囲の文章に特殊な整形がなされているときにはLaTeXエラーが発生し得るので、これを避けるために、フロートは独立した段落として挿入することをお勧めします。
+周囲の文章に特殊な整形がなされているときには\SpecialChar LaTeX
+エラーが発生し得るので、これを避けるために、フロートは独立した段落として挿入することをお勧めします。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyXには、第
+\SpecialChar LyX
+には、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:図フロート"
\family sans
挿入
\shape up
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-フロート\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+フロート\SpecialChar menuseparator
アルゴリズム
\family default
\shape default
章で説明されているプログラムコードリストの代わりとみなすことができます。
\emph on
-LyXユーザーの手引き
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ユーザーの手引き
\emph default
に述べられているように、アルゴリズム向けの環境としては、
\family sans
-LyXコード
+\SpecialChar LyX
+コード
\family default
があります。 アルゴリズム
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-アルゴリズム一覧を挿入するには、文書言語がLyXのメニューに表示されている言語と同じであるならば、
+アルゴリズム一覧を挿入するには、文書言語が\SpecialChar LyX
+のメニューに表示されている言語と同じであるならば、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-一覧/目次\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
+一覧/目次\SpecialChar menuseparator
アルゴリズム一覧
\family default
メニューを使用します。それ以外の場合には、代わりに
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドをTeXコードとして用います。ここで
+というコマンドを\SpecialChar TeX
+コードとして用います。ここで
\family sans
付けたい名称
\family default
連番コマンドについての詳細と大切な注意点については、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:脚注の付番"
+reference "subsec:脚注の付番"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
フロートを参照するには、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
ラベル
\family default
メニューかツールバーボタンを使用して、フロートのキャプションにラベルを挿入してください。
\end_inset
-のような灰色のラベルボックスが挿入され、ラベルウィンドウがポップアップして、ラベルの字句を入力するよう促します。LyXは、キャプションの最初の数単語に前置句をつ
-けたものを候補として示します。前置句はフロート型に依存し、たとえば図フロートには「
+のような灰色のラベルボックスが挿入され、ラベルウィンドウがポップアップして、ラベルの字句を入力するよう促します。\SpecialChar LyX
+は、キャプションの最初の数単語に前置句をつけたも
+のを候補として示します。前置句はフロート型に依存し、たとえば図フロートには「
\family sans
fig:
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
ラベルは、参照のための名称兼位置標として用いられます。
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
相互参照
\family default
メニューかツールバーボタン
\end_inset
-のような灰色の相互参照ボックスが挿入され、文書中のすべてのラベルを表示した相互参照ウィンドウが現れます。複数のLyX文書が開かれている場合には、ダイアログの上方
-にあるドロップリストから作業中の文書を選択してください。ここでラベルを整序してから選ぶこともできます。出力中では、相互参照ボックスの位置にはフロート番号が表示さ
-れます。
+のような灰色の相互参照ボックスが挿入され、文書中のすべてのラベルを表示した相互参照ウィンドウが現れます。複数の\SpecialChar LyX
+文書が開かれている場合には、ダイアログの上方にある
+ドロップリストから作業中の文書を選択してください。ここでラベルを整序してから選ぶこともできます。出力中では、相互参照ボックスの位置にはフロート番号が表示されます
+。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
相互参照の書式
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:相互参照の書式"
+name "subsec:相互参照の書式"
\end_inset
\series bold
【註】
\series default
-この機能は、LaTeXパッケージ
+この機能は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
メニュー
\family sans
-文書\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-設定\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+文書\SpecialChar menuseparator
+設定\SpecialChar menuseparator
文書クラス
\family default
でオプション
\family sans
相互参照に(prettyrefではなく)refstyleを使用
\family default
-を設定すると、この機能で使用するLaTeXパッケージを選択することができます。書式は、文書プリアンブルに
+を設定すると、この機能で使用する\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージを選択することができます。書式は、文書プリアンブルに
\series bold
\backslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-出力中で参照されている頁番号と文書中の位置は、LaTeXが自動的に計算します。参照の種類は、相互参照ボックスをクリックすると現れる相互参照ウィンドウ中の
+出力中で参照されている頁番号と文書中の位置は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+が自動的に計算します。参照の種類は、相互参照ボックスをクリックすると現れる相互参照ウィンドウ中の
\family sans
書式
\family default
\series bold
【註】
\series default
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
-は、LyXの取り得るラベル
+は、\SpecialChar LyX
+の取り得るラベル
\begin_inset Flex Ruby
status collapsed
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-は図キャプションを表すLyX
+は図キャプションを表す\SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset Flex Ruby
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
【註】
\series default
-LaTeXパッケージvarioref第1.4w版のバグによって、終止符を活用する言語(仏語等)を文書言語にすると、相互参照形式の一部でLaTeXエラーが発生します
-。回避策については、
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージvarioref第1.4w版のバグによって、終止符を活用する言語(仏語等)を文書言語にすると、相互参照形式の一部で\SpecialChar LaTeX
+エラーが発生します。回避策については、
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
- LaTeXパッケージは、相互参照が参照されたフロート(あるいは
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージは、相互参照が参照されたフロート(あるいは
\emph on
節
\emph default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-という行をLaTeXプリアンブルに挿入してください。たとえば「section」の代わりに「sec.
+という行を\SpecialChar LaTeX
+プリアンブルに挿入してください。たとえば「section」の代わりに「sec.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
様式(第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:相互参照の書式"
+reference "subsec:相互参照の書式"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyXの取扱説明書『
+\SpecialChar LyX
+の取扱説明書『
\emph on
数式篇
\emph default
参照位置
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:参照位置"
+name "subsec:参照位置"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
を使用して出力中で相互参照をリンクするようにした場合には、画像フロート参照をクリックすると、画像ラベルに移動できるようになります。キャプションは、スクリーン上の
-テキストの最初の部分なので、スクロールしないと画像を見ることができません。これは、参照リンク標がラベルの位置に置かれるからです。LaTeXパッケージの
+テキストの最初の部分なので、スクロールしないと画像を見ることができません。これは、参照リンク標がラベルの位置に置かれるからです。\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージの
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-フロートボックスを右クリックすると、ダイアログが開いて、ここでLaTeXがフロートを配置するのに使う配置オプションを変更できるようになります。
+フロートボックスを右クリックすると、ダイアログが開いて、ここで\SpecialChar LaTeX
+がフロートを配置するのに使う配置オプションを変更できるようになります。
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeXは、
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+は、
\emph on
つねに
\emph default
-上記のオプション順を用います。すなわち、既定の配置を使用すると、LaTeXはまず
+上記のオプション順を用います。すなわち、既定の配置を使用すると、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+はまず
\family sans
可能ならば現在位置に
\family default
\family sans
ページの上部
\family default
-、その後他のオプションを試みます。既定値を使わないときには、LaTeXは有効化されたオプションのみを使用しますが、やはり同じ順序でこれらを試みます。これら四つの
-配置がいずれも無理な場合は、フロートを内部的に次のページにおいてみて同様の手続きがうまくいくかどうかを試みます。
+、その後他のオプションを試みます。既定値を使わないときには、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+は有効化されたオプションのみを使用しますが、やはり同じ順序でこれらを試みます。これら四つの配置がいず
+れも無理な場合は、フロートを内部的に次のページにおいてみて同様の手続きがうまくいくかどうかを試みます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
これらの規則に従いたくないときは、
\family sans
-LaTeXの規則を無視する
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+の規則を無視する
\family default
オプションを追加することによって、これらを無視することができます。
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-上記説明の後ろに括弧でくくってあるLaTeXコマンドを使うと、これらの規則を定義しなおすこともできます。たとえば、往々にして小さすぎる、ページ下部規則の既定値を
-、ページの5割に変えるには、文書プリアンブルに
+上記説明の後ろに括弧でくくってある\SpecialChar LaTeX
+コマンドを使うと、これらの規則を定義しなおすこともできます。たとえば、往々にして小さすぎる、ページ下部規則の既定値を、ページの
+5割に変えるには、文書プリアンブルに
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
対応する節がページの中程から始まるのというのに、フロートがページの先頭に置かれてしまうために、読者がフロートを前節の一部であると勘違いしてしまうという問題に直面
-することがあります。この問題を避けるには、LaTeXコマンドの
+することがあります。この問題を避けるには、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+コマンドの
\backslash
suppressfloatsを使用することができます。これは、これが挿入されたページの特定のフロートの配置を抑制するので、節が始まる前にフロートが設定されてしま
うのを避けるのに使用することができます。これを用いるには、文書プリアンブルに以下のコマンドを加えてください。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-これと同じものは、章や小節など、すべての節見出しに用いることができます。この定義は、小々節のような小さい文字の部分では、LaTeXが適当な配置を見つけるのに失敗
-することがあるので、これらに対する定義はお勧めしません。
+これと同じものは、章や小節など、すべての節見出しに用いることができます。この定義は、小々節のような小さい文字の部分では、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+が適当な配置を見つけるのに失敗することが
+あるので、これらに対する定義はお勧めしません。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-場合によっては、すべての図表を文末に置く必要があることがあります。この目的のために、LaTeXパッケージ
+場合によっては、すべての図表を文末に置く必要があることがあります。この目的のために、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
endfloat
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! endfloat
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! endfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
endfloat
\series default
-にはキャプションにドイツ語の「ß」が含まれているときにうまく動かないバグがあります。この場合には、「ß」の代わりにTeXコードで「
+にはキャプションにドイツ語の「ß」が含まれているときにうまく動かないバグがあります。この場合には、「ß」の代わりに\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで「
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-フロートの割付に関する詳細は、LaTeX関連書
+フロートの割付に関する詳細は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+関連書
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
フロート
\family default
-の既定の段落環境です。キャプションは、LyX画面上では、例えば「
+の既定の段落環境です。キャプションは、\SpecialChar LyX
+画面上では、例えば「
\family sans
図 #:
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-という行を加えて、LaTeXパッケージ
+という行を加えて、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
caption
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! KOMA-script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! KOMA-script
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! KOMA-script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! KOMA-script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-という風になっています。LaTeXの標準クラスでは、キャプションを表の上に置くことは、残念ながらサポートされていません。したがって、
+という風になっています。\SpecialChar LaTeX
+の標準クラスでは、キャプションを表の上に置くことは、残念ながらサポートされていません。したがって、
\family sans
article
\family default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! KOMA-script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! KOMA-script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-は、キャプションは、LyX中では上に置かれているけれども、表の下に来るように指定されている例です。比較のために、表
+は、キャプションは、\SpecialChar LyX
+中では上に置かれているけれども、表の下に来るように指定されている例です。比較のために、表
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:標準表"
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-という行を入れて、LaTeXパッケージ
+という行を入れて、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! sidecap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! sidecap
\end_layout
\end_inset
-を読み込まなくてはなりません。オプションを与えなければ、ページの外側余白の側に---偶数ページでは右側、奇数頁では左側に---キャプションが置かれます。
+を読み込まなくてはなりません。オプションを与えなければ、ページの外側余白の側に—偶数ページでは右側、奇数頁では左側に—キャプションが置かれます。
\series bold
innercaption
\series default
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下の部分は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下の部分は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyXでフロートのキャプションを横に配置するには、以下のコマンド群を文書プリアンブルに追加する必要があります。
+\SpecialChar LyX
+でフロートのキャプションを横に配置するには、以下のコマンド群を文書プリアンブルに追加する必要があります。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドを、フロートの前にTeXコードで入れてください。そして、元のフロート定義に戻したいところで、
+というコマンドを、フロートの前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで入れてください。そして、元のフロート定義に戻したいところで、
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というTeXコードを入れてください。
+という\SpecialChar TeX
+コードを入れてください。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
これらの例において、表フロートの場合には、キャプションの文章がフロート上部に表示され、図フロートではフロート下部に表示されることが確認いただけると思います。これ
-を変更するには、文書プリアンブルかフロート直前に、TeXコードとして
+を変更するには、文書プリアンブルかフロート直前に、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードとして
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:参照位置"
+reference "subsec:参照位置"
\end_inset
-節に説明があるLaTeXパッケージ
+節に説明がある\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
hypcap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! hypcap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! hypcap
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series bold
【訳註】
\series default
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! sidecap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! sidecap
\end_layout
\end_inset
-は、pLaTeXと互換性がなく、特に文書全体の見出しのフォントが適切に表示できなくなってしまうため、本日本語訳では当該パッケージを使用していません。その使用例に
-ついては、取扱説明書『
+は、p\SpecialChar LaTeX
+と互換性がなく、特に文書全体の見出しのフォントが適切に表示できなくなってしまうため、本日本語訳では当該パッケージを使用していません。その使用例については、
+取扱説明書『
\emph on
埋め込み機能篇
\emph default
-』(つまりこの文書)のLyX文書本体を見るか、出力結果を見たい場合には英語版を出力するようにしてください。
+』(つまりこの文書)の\SpecialChar LyX
+文書本体を見るか、出力結果を見たい場合には英語版を出力するようにしてください。
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下の部分は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下の部分は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-本節の残りの部分を出力で表示するには、LaTeXパッケージ
+本節の残りの部分を出力で表示するには、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
sidecap
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
文書中の各節が列挙されたものである目次と同様、文書中の図など、すべてのフロート型に一覧があります。これらは、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
一覧/目次
\family default
メニューで挿入することができます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-LyX注釈
+\SpecialChar LyX
+注釈
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ちゅうしゃく@注釈 ! LyXのーと@LyXノート
+ちゅうしゃく@注釈 ! \SpecialChar LyX
+のーと@\SpecialChar LyX
+ノート
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
か、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
注釈
\family default
メニューで挿入することができます。注釈には、以下の三つの型があります。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyX注釈 この注釈型は、内部用途の注釈で出力には現れません。注釈ボックスは、以下のように表示されます。
+\SpecialChar LyX
+注釈 この注釈型は、内部用途の注釈で出力には現れません。注釈ボックスは、以下のように表示されます。
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
コメント この注釈も出力には現れませんが、
\family sans
-ファイル\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-書き出し\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ファイル\SpecialChar menuseparator
+書き出し\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
eX (pdflatex) / (平文)
\family default
- メニューを使って文書をLaTeXにエクスポートする際には、LaTeXコメントとして出力されます。注釈ボックスは、以下のように表示されます。
+ メニューを使って文書を\SpecialChar LaTeX
+にエクスポートする際には、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+コメントとして出力されます。注釈ボックスは、以下のように表示されます。
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-これは、LaTeXファイルのコメントのみに現れる注釈ボックスに書かれた文章です。
+これは、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ファイルのコメントのみに現れる注釈ボックスに書かれた文章です。
\end_layout
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下に述べられているように、淡色注釈は、青文字で表示されるよう本文書のプリアンブルで再定義されているため、ここの淡色注釈は、LyX本来の定義で表示されるように再
-定義されています。
+以下に述べられているように、淡色注釈は、青文字で表示されるよう本文書のプリアンブルで再定義されているため、ここの淡色注釈は、\SpecialChar LyX
+本来の定義で表示されるように再定義さ
+れています。
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
を使用すると、
\family sans
-LyX注釈
+\SpecialChar LyX
+注釈
\family default
が挿入されます。注釈ボックスを右クリックすれば、五つの注釈型を切り替えることができます。既存の平文を注釈に変えるには、平文を選択して、注釈ツールバーボタンをクリ
ックしてください。注釈を平文に変更するには、カーソルを注釈の先頭に置いてBackspaceキーを押すか、カーソルを注釈の最後に置いてDeleteキーを押してくだ
淡色注釈の文字色は、
\family sans
-文書\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-設定\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+文書\SpecialChar menuseparator
+設定\SpecialChar menuseparator
色
\family default
メニューで変更することができます。
\family default
か、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
脚注
\family default
メニューを使って挿入することができます。すると、脚注文を挿入したところに、
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-出力に於いては、脚注は、文中の脚注ボックスを置いた位置に上付き数字として表示され、脚注文は現ページ底部に置かれます。脚注番号はLaTeXが計算を行い、連番が付け
-られます。脚注番号が章毎にリセットされるか否かは、使用する文書クラスに依ります。
+出力に於いては、脚注は、文中の脚注ボックスを置いた位置に上付き数字として表示され、脚注文は現ページ底部に置かれます。脚注番号は\SpecialChar LaTeX
+が計算を行い、連番が付けられます。
+脚注番号が章毎にリセットされるか否かは、使用する文書クラスに依ります。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeXでは、技術的要因により、表中の脚注は印字されません。しかし、それを行うには他の方法があり、まず脚注の代わりにTeXコードで
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+では、技術的要因により、表中の脚注は印字されません。しかし、それを行うには他の方法があり、まず脚注の代わりに\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\series bold
\backslash
footnotemark{}
\series default
-コマンドを入れてください。脚注の本文は、表の後でTeXコード
+コマンドを入れてください。脚注の本文は、表の後で\SpecialChar TeX
+コード
\series bold
\backslash
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="1">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
長尺表中の脚注は、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:長尺表での脚注"
+reference "subsec:長尺表での脚注"
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-毎回脚注本文を出力せずに、同じ脚注を何度か参照したい場合には、TeXコードでコマンド
+毎回脚注本文を出力せずに、同じ脚注を何度か参照したい場合には、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードでコマンド
\series bold
\backslash
\end_inset
-の後に、TeXコードで
+の後に、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
脚注の付番
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:脚注の付番"
+name "subsec:脚注の付番"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドを書いて、LaTeXパッケージ
+というコマンドを書いて、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
ftnright
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! ftnright
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! ftnright
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
ftnright
\series default
」と呼ばれるものです。文書中で脚注の代わりに後注を使用するには、
\family sans
-文書\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-設定\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+文書\SpecialChar menuseparator
+設定\SpecialChar menuseparator
モジュール
\family default
メニューで
\family sans
脚注から後注へ
\family default
-を読み込んでください。まとめた注を出力するには、節ないし章末にTeXコードで
+を読み込んでください。まとめた注を出力するには、節ないし章末に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:脚注の付番"
+reference "subsec:脚注の付番"
\end_inset
を用いてください。後注番号をリセットするには、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:脚注の付番"
+reference "subsec:脚注の付番"
\end_inset
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-脚注はページ余白に置くこともでき、脚注文の揃えも変更することができます。詳細は、LaTeXパッケージ
+脚注はページ余白に置くこともでき、脚注文の揃えも変更することができます。詳細は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
footmisc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! footmisc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! footmisc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-脚注の整形にまつわるその他多くの話題が、LaTeX関連書籍
+脚注の整形にまつわるその他多くの話題が、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+関連書籍
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! KOMA-Script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! KOMA-Script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX内において、傍注注釈は、脚注のような外見と挙動を示します。これは
+\SpecialChar LyX
+内において、傍注注釈は、脚注のような外見と挙動を示します。これは
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
傍注
\family default
メニューかツールバーボタン
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-片面文書においては、傍注は右側に表示され、両面文書においては外側余白---偶数ページでは左側、奇数ページでは右側---に表示されます。傍注文は、外側余白の反対側
-に---注が左余白に現れるときには右揃えに---寄せられます。傍注文の一行目は、傍注が挿入された文書箇所と同じ行に来るように配置されます。
+片面文書においては、傍注は右側に表示され、両面文書においては外側余白—偶数ページでは左側、奇数ページでは右側—に表示されます。傍注文は、外側余白の反対側に—注が
+左余白に現れるときには右揃えに—寄せられます。傍注文の一行目は、傍注が挿入された文書箇所と同じ行に来るように配置されます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-傍注を内側余白に置くには、傍注の前にTeXコードで
+傍注を内側余白に置くには、傍注の前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-既定の配置に戻すには、TeXコードで
+既定の配置に戻すには、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:複数行"
+reference "subsec:複数行"
\end_inset
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下の部分は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下の部分は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-この制約は、LaTeXパッケージ
+この制約は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! marginnote
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! marginnote
\end_layout
\end_inset
-を使用することで回避することができます。以下の二行を使用中の文書プリアンブルに書き加えると、LyXが傍注に使うコマンドが再定義されて、
+を使用することで回避することができます。以下の二行を使用中の文書プリアンブルに書き加えると、\SpecialChar LyX
+が傍注に使うコマンドが再定義されて、
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
marginnote
\series default
を使うと、傍注文に垂直オフセットを設定することができるからです。これは、あまりにもたくさんの傍注が非常に近いところに集まっていたり、もっとよいページレイアウトが
-望まれるときなどに、よく必要とされます。オフセットは、LyX中の傍注の後ろにTeXコードで直接
+望まれるときなどに、よく必要とされます。オフセットは、\SpecialChar LyX
+中の傍注の後ろに\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで直接
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-に挙げてある単位の一つを使用します。負の値を与えると注釈は上にずれ、正の値だと下にずれます。たとえば、この本文行の横にある傍注は、TeXコードコマンド「
+に挙げてある単位の一つを使用します。負の値を与えると注釈は上にずれ、正の値だと下にずれます。たとえば、この本文行の横にある傍注は、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードコマンド「
\series bold
[-1.5cm]
\series default
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下の部分は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下の部分は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-本節の以下の部分を出力に表示するには、LaTeXパッケージ
+本節の以下の部分を出力に表示するには、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
marginnote
\series default
節参照)、文章を揃えたり(第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:垂直揃え"
+reference "subsec:垂直揃え"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
ボックスは、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
ボックス
\family default
メニューかツールバーボタン
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "depth"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "2in"
height_special "height"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "width"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-ボックスを独立した段落においた場合には、ボックスの水平文字揃えは、LyXの段落ダイアログから設定できます。
+ボックスを独立した段落においた場合には、ボックスの水平文字揃えは、\SpecialChar LyX
+の段落ダイアログから設定できます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1.5in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
内部ボックス
\family default
-を設定しているときに、ボックスの内容を水平方向に揃えるには、LyXの段落ダイアログを用います。
+を設定しているときに、ボックスの内容を水平方向に揃えるには、\SpecialChar LyX
+の段落ダイアログを用います。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1.25in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
内部ボックス
\family default
を設定していないときには、ボックスの内容は、ボックスダイアログの中で水平揃えの設定をすることができます。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1.25in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-簡素な長方形の枠 これはボックスの周りに長方形の枠を描きます。枠線の太さは
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-の値になります。
+簡素な長方形の枠 これはボックスの周りに長方形の枠を描きます。
+\lang english
+The frame line thickness can be specified
+\lang japanese
+。
\begin_inset Box Boxed
position "c"
hor_pos "c"
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-影付き これはボックスの周りに影付きの長方形の枠を描きます。枠線の太さは
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-の値になり、影の幅は4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ptになります。
+影付き これはボックスの周りに影付きの長方形の枠を描きます。
+\lang english
+The frame line thickness and the shadow can be specified
+\lang japanese
+。
\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
position "c"
hor_pos "c"
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-二重線の長方形の枠 これはボックスの周りに二重線の長方形の枠を描きます。内側の枠線の太さは0.75
+二重線の長方形の枠 これはボックスの周りに二重線の長方形の枠を描きます。
+\lang english
+The line thickness of the inner frame is 0.75
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-であり、外側の枠線の太さは1.5
+thickness, the thickness of the outer frame is 1.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-です。枠線間の距離は1.5
+thickness.
+ The distance between the lines is 1.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-
+thickness
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-ptです。
+pt
+\lang japanese
+。
\begin_inset Box Doublebox
position "c"
hor_pos "c"
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-LyXのボックスラベルには、使用中の枠の型が表示されます。すべての型を使用可能にするには、LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LyX
+のボックスラベルには、使用中の枠の型が表示されます。すべての型を使用可能にするには、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
fancybox
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! fancybox
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! fancybox
\end_layout
\end_inset
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-寸法
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-の既定値は0.4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ptです。これは、TeXコードで以下のコマンドを使うことによって、たとえば2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ptに変更することができます。
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Boxed
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ptの長方形の箱型
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxrule}{0.4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-枠とボックスの内容との空白は、すべての枠様式について3
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ptが既定値になっています。これは、長さ
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-を別の値に設定することによって変更することができます。たとえば
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{10pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドは、この値を10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ptにし、以下のボックスのようになります。
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{10pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Boxed
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ptの長方形の箱型
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-fboxsep}{3pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
楕円形ボックスの丸い角の直径は、コマンド
\series bold
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-影の大きさは、長さ
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-shadowsize
-\series default
-を変更することで調整できます。以下のボックスでは
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドを使って、2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ptに設定しています。
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{2pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
-position "c"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "c"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "25col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-shadowsize
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ptの影付きボックス
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-shadowsize}{4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-寸法
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-FrameRule
-\series default
-の既定値は0.4
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ptです。ボックスの中身と枠の間の空白の既定値は9
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-ptですが、
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-FrameSep
-\series default
-の値を変えることで変更することができます。たとえば、下記の
-\family sans
-ボックス
-\family default
-の枠の外見は、
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{5pt}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{0.5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-というTeXコードコマンドで設定してあります。
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{5pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{0.5cm}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Framed
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 0
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-これは
-\family sans
-改頁可能
-\family default
-ボックスの文章です。
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameRule}{0.4pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-FrameSep}{9pt}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series default
コマンドで局所的に変更することもできますし、
\family sans
-ツール\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-設定\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-色\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ツール\SpecialChar menuseparator
+設定\SpecialChar menuseparator
+色\SpecialChar menuseparator
影付きボックス
\family default
メニューからグローバルに変更することもできます。
\backslash
definecolor
\series default
-は、LaTeXパッケージの
+は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージの
\series bold
color
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というTeXコードコマンドを使って設定してあります。
+という\SpecialChar TeX
+コードコマンドを使って設定してあります。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-ミニページは、LaTeXによってページの中のページとして取り扱われるので、たとえばそれ自身で脚注を持つことができます。
+ミニページは、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+によってページの中のページとして取り扱われるので、たとえばそれ自身で脚注を持つことができます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
挿入
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
整形
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
水平方向の空白
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ミニページは、文章部に背景色を与えるのに使用することもできます。第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:段落の着色"
+reference "sec:色付きボックス"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Parboxはミニページに非常によく似ていますが、脚注を付けることができない点が違います。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-別の方法としては、以下のように、単語の前に直接TeXコードで「
+別の方法としては、以下のように、単語の前に直接\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで「
\series bold
\backslash
\family sans
挿入
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
整形
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
整形なし改行
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
垂直揃え
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:垂直揃え"
+name "subsec:垂直揃え"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-たとえば、「preventing」という単語を、そのもっとも「深い」文字「p」の底部がベースラインに来るように揃えるには、単語の前にTeXコードで
+たとえば、「preventing」という単語を、そのもっとも「深い」文字「p」の底部がベースラインに来るように揃えるには、単語の前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
}
\series default
-」をTeXコードで挿入してください。
+」を\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで挿入してください。
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
This is a text line with the word
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-文字の着色
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lang english
+To color the background of a box just select the color you like in the box
+ dialog.
+ This is for example a box with orange background:
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 1
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "orange"
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-いろ@色 ! もじの@文字の---
+
+\lang english
+Box with orange background
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-文章の背景を着色するには、文章をいわゆる「色付きボックス」に入れなくてはなりません。このためには、LaTeXパッケージ
-\series bold
-color
-\series default
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\lang english
+If you use the decoration
+\family sans
+\lang japanese
+簡素な長方形の枠
+\family default
+\lang english
+you can set a frame color.
+ In this case you must also specify a background color (LyX sets white as
+ default).
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Box Boxed
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "teal"
+backgroundcolor "yellow"
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! color
+
+\lang english
+Box with teal frame color and yellow background color
\end_layout
\end_inset
-が、以下のようなコマンドで文書プリアンブルに読み込まれていなくてはなりません。
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-@ifundefined{textcolor}
+\lang english
+Of course you can also have colored text inside a colored box:
+\lang japanese
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+\begin_inset Box Boxed
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "cyan"
+backgroundcolor "magenta"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-\begin_inset space ~
+\color yellow
+これは着色した色付きボックス中の色付き文章です。
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-{
-\backslash
-usepackage{color}}{}
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-color
-\series default
-パッケージは、文章を着色するとLyXが自動的に読み込みます
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\lang english
+If you need another color than the predefined ones, you can define your
+ own color as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-これが二度読み込まれることを回避するには、
-\series bold
-\backslash
-@ifundefined
-\series default
-コマンドを使用します。
-\end_layout
+\lang japanese
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:色付きの表"
\end_inset
-。
+
+\lang english
+.
+ To use your own color you must typeset the box by using TeX code:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-色付きボックスは、
+\lang english
+Colored boxes without frame are created with the command
\series bold
+\lang japanese
\backslash
colorbox
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-ボックスの内容には、ボックスが入ることもできますし、色付きボックスを他のボックスに入れることもできます。
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-事前定義されている色には、
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-黒
-\family default
-・
-\family sans
-青
-\family default
-・
-\family sans
-シアン
-\family default
-・
-\family sans
-緑
-\family default
-・
-\family sans
-マゼンタ
-\family default
-・
-\family sans
-赤
-\family default
-・
-\family sans
-白
-\family default
-・
-\family sans
-黄
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+ボックスの内容には、ボックスが入ることもできますし、色付きボックスを他のボックスに入れることもできます。たとえば、単語の背景を赤にするには、単語の前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
-があります。第
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:色付きの表"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+@Koji: replace here red by darkgreen
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-節に述べられているようにすれば、自前の色を定義することもできます。
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-たとえば、単語の背景を赤にするには、単語の前にTeXコードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-colorbox{red}{
+colorbox{darkgreen}{
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドを入れてください。単語の後には、TeXコードで閉じ括弧「
+というコマンドを入れてください。単語の後には、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで閉じ括弧「
\series bold
}
\series default
\backslash
-colorbox{red}{
+colorbox{darkgreen}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
という単語が赤い背景になっています。
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-ボックスの枠を別の色にしたい場合には、以下の書式で
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox
-\series default
-コマンドを使います。
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{枠の色}{ボックスの色}{ボックスの内容}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox
-\series default
-は
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox
-\series default
-の拡張です。枠の太さと枠とボックスの中身との余白は、第
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:装飾"
-
-\end_inset
-
-節で述べられているように、それぞれ
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule
-\series default
-と
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fboxsep
-\series default
-という長さで調節できます。
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-以下の例では、
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-というコマンドを使用しています。
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-これは、枠の太さを1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-mmに設定した例です。
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule 1mm
-\backslash
-fboxsep 1mm
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-これは着色した色付きボックス中の文章です。
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-もちろん、色付きボックスの中に色付き文字を入れることもできます
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\color yellow
-これは着色した色付きボックス中の色付き文章です。
-\color inherit
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fboxrule 0.4pt
-\backslash
-fboxsep 3pt
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+\begin_inset Note Note
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-【註】
-\series default
-色付きボックス中の文章は改行できません。複数行あるいは段落に色を付けるには、以下に述べるように、色付きボックス中でボックスを使用してください。
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-段落の着色
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:段落の着色"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-いろ@色 ! だんらく@段落---
+@Koji: replace here red by darkgreen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-二行以上の背景色を設定するには、文章をミニページに入れてください。ミニページの前に、TeXコードで
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-colorbox
-\series default
-コマンドを
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
+\lang english
+Framed, colored boxes are created with the command
\series bold
+\lang japanese
\backslash
-colorbox{色名}{
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-のように挿入します。ミニページの後には、TeXコードで閉じ括弧「
-\series bold
-}
+fcolorbox
\series default
-ã\80\8dã\82\92æ\8c¿å\85¥ã\81\97ã\81¦ã\81\8fã\81 ã\81\95ã\81\84。
+ã\82³ã\83\9eã\83³ã\83\89ã\82\92使ã\81\84ã\81¾ã\81\99。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-colorbox{lightgrey}{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-これは背景色を付けた文章です。これは背景色を付けた文章です。
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
-\end_inset
-
-ここの文章には脚注
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-脚注の例
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-を付けることもできますし、図表を挿入することもできます。
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-a
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-!
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-b2
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-|
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
->
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-§
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-c
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+fcolorbox{枠の色}{ボックスの色}{ボックスの内容}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! graphicx
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! graphicx
\end_layout
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージを読み込む必要があります。
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージを読み込む必要があります。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-かいてん@回転 ! そざいの@素材の---
+かいてん@回転 ! そざいの@素材の—
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ず@図 ! のかいてん@---の回転
+ず@図 ! のかいてん@—の回転
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-何かを回転させたい場合には、回転させたボックスに入れましょう。そのようなボックスは、TeXコードで以下のような書式で
+何かを回転させたい場合には、回転させたボックスに入れましょう。そのようなボックスは、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで以下のような書式で
\series bold
\backslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-以下の例では、「回転した」文章の前にTeXコードで
+以下の例では、「回転した」文章の前に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\series bold
\backslash
rotatebox[origin=c]{60}{
\series default
-というコマンドを挿入し、文章の後にTeXコードで閉じ括弧
+というコマンドを挿入し、文章の後に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで閉じ括弧
\series bold
}
\series default
special "width"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ぼっくす@ボックス ! しんしゅくさせた@伸縮させた---
+ぼっくす@ボックス ! しんしゅくさせた@伸縮させた—
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-しんしゅく@伸縮 ! そざいの@素材の---
+しんしゅく@伸縮 ! そざいの@素材の—
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ず@図 ! のしんしゅく@---の伸縮
+ず@図 ! のしんしゅく@—の伸縮
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-素材を伸縮させるには、TeXコードで
+素材を伸縮させるには、\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\series bold
\backslash
\backslash
resizebox
\series default
-の引数を零に設定した場合には、文書を書き出す際にLaTeXエラーは発生しませんが、書き出したファイルは表示できなかったり、一部しか表示されなかったりします。
+の引数を零に設定した場合には、文書を書き出す際に\SpecialChar LaTeX
+エラーは発生しませんが、書き出したファイルは表示できなかったり、一部しか表示されなかったりします。
\end_layout
\end_inset
\series default
というコマンドは、
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
という出力になります。ボックスの内容には、以下のように、画像や表や行内数式を入れてもかまいません。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\end_inset
-このフロート型は、本文が図の周りに折返して入ることによって、図が段幅の一部しか占拠しないようにしたいときに用います。折返しフロートは、LaTeXパッケージの
+このフロート型は、本文が図の周りに折返して入ることによって、図が段幅の一部しか占拠しないようにしたいときに用います。折返しフロートは、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージの
\series bold
wrapfig
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! wrapfig
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! wrapfig
\end_layout
\end_inset
を導入済みであれば、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-フロート\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
+フロート\SpecialChar menuseparator
折返し図フロート
\family default
・
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXパッケージの導入方法は、取扱説明書の『LaTeXの設定』に説明されています。
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージの導入方法は、取扱説明書の『\SpecialChar LaTeX
+の設定』に説明されています。
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
があります。前者は、フロートがどれくらい段落ないしページ余白に入り込むかを指定するものであり、後者は、フロートが必要とするおおよその本文行数を指定するものです。
行幅は、推測するのが難しいことがよくあるので、フロートの配置に問題が生じたときのみ使用するようにした方が良いでしょう。さらに、フロートを段落内でフロートするよう
-にするか、周囲の段落までフロートすることをLaTeXに許可するかを指定することができます。第
+にするか、周囲の段落までフロートすることを\SpecialChar LaTeX
+に許可するかを指定することができます。第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:折返し図フロート"
\end_inset
節の折返しフロートは、段落中で、以下のような配置がされます。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
or
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! picinpar
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! picinpar
\end_layout
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージを使うことができます。下記はその用例です。
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージを使うことができます。下記はその用例です。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下の部分は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下の部分は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-固定オブジェクトは、段落冒頭にTeXコードで
+固定オブジェクトは、段落冒頭に\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下の部分は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下の部分は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-本節の以下の部分を出力に表示するには、LaTeXパッケージ
+本節の以下の部分を出力に表示するには、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
picinpar
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-頭文字を用いるには、LaTeXパッケージ
+頭文字を用いるには、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! lettrine
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! lettrine
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
モジュールを使用する必要があります(
\family sans
-文書\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-設定\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+文書\SpecialChar menuseparator
+設定\SpecialChar menuseparator
モジュール
\family default
メニュー)。頭文字を挿入するには、
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下の部分は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下の部分は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\end_inset
の「I」。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
頭文字に回り込む行は1行のみ。頭文字は標準フォントで2文字。スモールキャップ体で印字する文字はなし。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\series default
というコマンドを書きこんでおかなくてはなりません。
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-以下の部分は、LaTeXパッケージ
+以下の部分は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-本節の以下の部分を出力に表示するには、LaTeXパッケージ
+本節の以下の部分を出力に表示するには、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
lettrine
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
ファイル
\family default
メニューを使うと、使用中の文書に外部素材を挿入することができます。挿入できるのは、
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyX文書 別のLyX文書。その内容は直接使用中の文書に挿入されます。
+\SpecialChar LyX
+文書 別の\SpecialChar LyX
+文書。その内容は直接使用中の文書に挿入されます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-子文書 LyXあるいはLaTeX文書。
+子文書 \SpecialChar LyX
+あるいは\SpecialChar LaTeX
+文書。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-外部素材機能は、文書の出力書式が読むことのできる形式に前もって変換しなくても、LyXが必要な変換を行うことで、使用中の文書にファイルを挿入することができるように
-するものです。これは、画像が様々な画像形式のままでLyX文書に挿入することができるのと同様の働きをします。LyX設定の
+外部素材機能は、文書の出力書式が読むことのできる形式に前もって変換しなくても、\SpecialChar LyX
+が必要な変換を行うことで、使用中の文書にファイルを挿入することができるようにするも
+のです。これは、画像が様々な画像形式のままで\SpecialChar LyX
+文書に挿入することができるのと同様の働きをします。\SpecialChar LyX
+設定の
\family sans
-操作性\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+操作性\SpecialChar menuseparator
表示
\family default
-で自動プレビューを有効にすると、外部素材のDia形式とXfig形式は、直接LyX中に表示されるようになります。
+で自動プレビューを有効にすると、外部素材のDia形式とXfig形式は、直接\SpecialChar LyX
+中に表示されるようになります。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
挿入
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
ファイル
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
外部素材
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-日付はLyX内では表示されず、出力のみで表示されます。日付を挿入するには、ほかに二つの方法があります。一つは、
+日付は\SpecialChar LyX
+内では表示されず、出力のみで表示されます。日付を挿入するには、ほかに二つの方法があります。一つは、
\family sans
挿入
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-日付メニューを使用する方法で、他はLaTeXコマンドの
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+日付メニューを使用する方法で、他は\SpecialChar LaTeX
+コマンドの
\series bold
\backslash
today
\series default
-をTeXコードで使用する方法です。これらの各方法は、表
+を\SpecialChar TeX
+コードで使用する方法です。これらの各方法は、表
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:日付挿入方法"
\end_inset
-形式の表計算表を挿入することができます。この機能を使用するには、LyXの初期設定中に
+形式の表計算表を挿入することができます。この機能を使用するには、\SpecialChar LyX
+の初期設定中に
\family typewriter
ssconvert
\family default
プログラムが検出される必要があります。このプログラムはGnumericの一部ですので、Gnumeric以外の形式の表を読み込む場合には、Gnumericが導入済
-みである必要があります。用例と制約については、LyX用例ファイル
+みである必要があります。用例と制約については、\SpecialChar LyX
+用例ファイル
\emph on
spreadsheet.lyx
\emph default
\series default
-プログラムで作成した楽譜の組版に使用されます。LyXにおけるLilyPond拡張サポートについては、LyX用例ファイル
+プログラムで作成した楽譜の組版に使用されます。\SpecialChar LyX
+におけるLilyPond拡張サポートについては、\SpecialChar LyX
+用例ファイル
\emph on
lilypond.lyx
\emph default
\begin_layout Description
PDFページ このひな型を使えば、PDF文書を使用中の文書に挿入することができます。PDFの一部頁ないし全頁を挿入するには、ダイアログ中のひな型の解説に沿って、
\family sans
-LaTeXとLyXオプション
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+と\SpecialChar LyX
+オプション
\family default
タブ中の
\family sans
\series bold
noautoscale
\series default
-オプションは無視されます。詳しい情報と取り得るオプション値については、LaTeXパッケージ
+オプションは無視されます。詳しい情報と取り得るオプション値については、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
pdfpages
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! pdfpages
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! pdfpages
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
フレーム終了
\family default
-環境を挿入して、続く段落でTeXコードボックスを挿入し、
+環境を挿入して、続く段落で\SpecialChar TeX
+コードボックスを挿入し、
\series bold
\backslash
\series bold
【訳註】
\series default
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
pdfpages
\series default
-は、pdflatexに基づいており、LaTeXでは組版ができない(LaTeXパッケージ
+は、pdflatexに基づいており、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+では組版ができない(\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
pdfpages
\series default
\end_inset
-参照)ため、この外部素材はpLaTeXでは使用することができません。英文版の取扱説明書では、上記のPDFは、
+参照)ため、この外部素材はp\SpecialChar LaTeX
+では使用することができません。英文版の取扱説明書では、上記のPDFは、
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-ファイル\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
+ファイル\SpecialChar menuseparator
外部素材
\family default
で
\family default
を指定して挿入されていますが、ここでは
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
画像
\family default
を使用して挿入しています。
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-外部素材\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+外部素材\SpecialChar menuseparator
日付
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
日付
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TeXコード差込枠として
+\SpecialChar TeX
+コード差込枠として
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-LyX中での外部素材は、ダイアログ内の
+\SpecialChar LyX
+中での外部素材は、ダイアログ内の
\family sans
-LaTeXとLyXのオプション
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+と\SpecialChar LyX
+のオプション
\family default
タブにある
\family sans
-LyX内に表示
+\SpecialChar LyX
+内に表示
\family default
オプションの指定に従って、
\begin_inset Graphics
\begin_layout Standard
子文書は、大きな部や節を複数含む長大な文書を作成するときに使われます。メンテナンス上の理由から、文書をいくつかのファイルに分割して、個別に修正できるようにした方
が便利なことはよくあり、場合によってはそうすることが必要な場合さえあります。こうした個別文書がいわゆる「子文書」であり、親文書はこれら子文書を連結して、文書全体
-やその一部を印刷できるようにします。子文書は、LaTeXプリアンブルや書誌情報や相互参照用ラベルなどの親文書の内容を引き継ぎます。
+やその一部を印刷できるようにします。子文書は、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+プリアンブルや書誌情報や相互参照用ラベルなどの親文書の内容を引き継ぎます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
文書
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
設定
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
文書クラス
\family default
-メニューで親文書を指定してください。すると、子文書を編集する際には、LyXがバックグラウンドでこの親文書を扱うようになります。
+メニューで親文書を指定してください。すると、子文書を編集する際には、\SpecialChar LyX
+がバックグラウンドでこの親文書を扱うようになります。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-取り込んだ文書は、LyX中で
+取り込んだ文書は、\SpecialChar LyX
+中で
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/ChildDocumentQt4.png
scale 85
\family sans
挿入
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
ファイル
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
子文書
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Include(インクルード) LyX文書とLaTeX文書は、インクルードすることができます。
+Include(インクルード) \SpecialChar LyX
+文書と\SpecialChar LaTeX
+文書は、インクルードすることができます。
\family sans
子文書
\family default
\family sans
編集
\family default
-ボタンを押すと、インクルードされた文書が、LyX中に新規ファイルタブとして開き、修正ができるようになります。
+ボタンを押すと、インクルードされた文書が、\SpecialChar LyX
+中に新規ファイルタブとして開き、修正ができるようになります。
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
あります。取り込んだ文書のラベルは、第
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:外部文書の第1小節"
+reference "subsec:外部文書の第1小節"
\end_inset
\series bold
【註】
\series default
-LyXまたはLaTeXファイルを取り込んだ際、子文書が親文書と異なる文書クラスを使用している場合には、予期せぬ出力を避けるために、文書を書き出したり閲覧する際に
-警告が発せられます。
+\SpecialChar LyX
+または\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ファイルを取り込んだ際、子文書が親文書と異なる文書クラスを使用している場合には、予期せぬ出力を避けるために、文書を書き出したり閲覧する際に警告が発せられま
+す。
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Input(インプット) この方法は、Includeによる方法に非常によく似ています。異なっている点は、
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Inputファイルは、LyX設定の操作性
+Inputファイルは、\SpecialChar LyX
+設定の操作性
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
表示
\family default
の下にある
\family sans
画像を表示
\family default
-を有効にすると、LyX中でプレビューすることができます。
+を有効にすると、\SpecialChar LyX
+中でプレビューすることができます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-LaTeXコマンドの
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+コマンドの
\series bold
\backslash
」文字を表示させることができます。
\family sans
-挿入\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-ファイル\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+挿入\SpecialChar menuseparator
+ファイル\SpecialChar menuseparator
平文
\family default
-メニューを使う方法との違いは、こちらは文書の内容がLyX中に表示されないことです。
+メニューを使う方法との違いは、こちらは文書の内容が\SpecialChar LyX
+中に表示されないことです。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
【註】
\series default
-同一文書中に、同じ文書を異なる方法で二度取り込むと、LaTeXで問題が発生する可能性があります。
+同一文書中に、同じ文書を異なる方法で二度取り込むと、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+で問題が発生する可能性があります。
\end_layout
\end_inset
コンパイル時間を短縮したり、執筆中のbookの特定の章のみを配布したいなどの理由で、親文書内の特定の子文書のみを表示させたり書きだしたりしたい場合には、子文書の
一部を出力から排除することができます。これは、
\family sans
-文書\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-設定\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+文書\SpecialChar menuseparator
+設定\SpecialChar menuseparator
子文書
\family default
メニューから行うことができます。そこの一覧中の各子文書の
\family sans
カウンタと引用を維持
\family default
-オプションを有効にすると、LyXは、すべてのページ番号と参照等が、文書全体を処理した時と同じように正しくなるようにします。これは、選択した部分文書が、文書全体の
-コンテクストの中で表現されるのと全く同じようにしておきたい時に便利です。しかしながら、この機能を実現するには、LyXはバックグラウンドで文書全体を処理しなくては
-なりません。したがって、コンパイルの時間を節約し、カウンタや参照が必ずしも正しくなくてもいい場合には、このチェックボックスは外しておいてください。
+オプションを有効にすると、\SpecialChar LyX
+は、すべてのページ番号と参照等が、文書全体を処理した時と同じように正しくなるようにします。これは、選択した部分文書が、文書全体のコンテ
+クストの中で表現されるのと全く同じようにしておきたい時に便利です。しかしながら、この機能を実現するには、\SpecialChar LyX
+はバックグラウンドで文書全体を処理しなくてはなりません。
+したがって、コンパイルの時間を節約し、カウンタや参照が必ずしも正しくなくてもいい場合には、このチェックボックスは外しておいてください。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-派生枝は、LyX
+派生枝は、\SpecialChar LyX
+
\emph on
ユーザーの手引き
\emph default
\family sans
挿入
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
プログラムリスト
\family default
-メニューを使用して挿入されるプログラムリスト差込枠を使用することができます。ここで使用されるLaTeXパッケージ
+メニューを使用して挿入されるプログラムリスト差込枠を使用することができます。ここで使用される\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
listings
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! listings
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
挿入
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
キャプション
\family sans
挿入
\lang english
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\lang japanese
一覧/目次
\lang english
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\lang japanese
プログラムリスト一覧
\family sans
文書
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
設定
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
フォント
\series bold
【訳註】
\series default
-これは、pLaTeXではうまく動作しません。
+これは、p\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ではうまく動作しません。
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
挿入
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
ファイル
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
子文書
\family sans
挿入
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
相互参照
\end_inset
-は、ファイルを使ったプログラムリストの一例です。ここでは、このLyXファイルの10行目から15行目が表示されています。
+は、ファイルを使ったプログラムリストの一例です。ここでは、この\SpecialChar LyX
+ファイルの10行目から15行目が表示されています。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
文書
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
設定
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
リスト
\begin_layout Chapter
\start_of_appendix
-LyXで使用できる単位
+\SpecialChar LyX
+で使用できる単位
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
-に、LyXで使うことのできる単位をまとめておきます。
+に、\SpecialChar LyX
+で使うことのできる単位をまとめておきます。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\family sans
ファイル
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
書き出し
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
DVI
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-これについてもう少し学ぶ気があれば、LaTeXパッケージ
+これについてもう少し学ぶ気があれば、\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
PSTricks
\series default
\family typewriter
.eps
\family default
-」)」形式の画像のみを含めることができます。LyXでは、既知の画像形式であればどれでも文書中で使用することができるようになっているため、LyXはバックグラウンド
-で画像をEPSに変換しなくてはなりません。文書中に、仮に50の画像があれば、文書を表示したり書き出ししたりするたびに、LyXは50もの変換を行わなくてはなりませ
-ん。すると、LyXで行う作業手順が、著しく遅れてしまいます。したがって、もしPostScriptを使用することを考えているならば、この問題を回避するために、画像
-を直接EPSとして入れておく方がよいでしょう。
+」)」形式の画像のみを含めることができます。\SpecialChar LyX
+では、既知の画像形式であればどれでも文書中で使用することができるようになっているため、\SpecialChar LyX
+はバックグラウンドで画像をEP
+Sに変換しなくてはなりません。文書中に、仮に50の画像があれば、文書を表示したり書き出ししたりするたびに、\SpecialChar LyX
+は50もの変換を行わなくてはなりません。すると、\SpecialChar LyX
+で行う
+作業手順が、著しく遅れてしまいます。したがって、もしPostScriptを使用することを考えているならば、この問題を回避するために、画像を直接EPSとして入れて
+おく方がよいでしょう。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
ファイル
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
書き出し
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Postscript
\family typewriter
.png
\family default
-」)」として含めることができます。それにもかかわらず、LyXは画像をこれらの形式のいずれかにバックグラウンドで変換を行うので、他の画像形式も自由に使用することが
-できます。しかし、PostScriptの節で説明したように、この画像変換は作業手順を遅らせます。したがって、上記で述べた3つの画像形式のうちいずれかを使用するこ
-とをお勧めします。
+」)」として含めることができます。それにもかかわらず、\SpecialChar LyX
+は画像をこれらの形式のいずれかにバックグラウンドで変換を行うので、他の画像形式も自由に使用することができま
+す。しかし、PostScriptの節で説明したように、この画像変換は作業手順を遅らせます。したがって、上記で述べた3つの画像形式のうちいずれかを使用することをお
+勧めします。
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
ファイル
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
書き出し
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\backslash
tabcolsep
\series default
-は、セルテキストとセル罫線のあいだを指すLaTeX長であり、既定値は6
+は、セルテキストとセル罫線のあいだを指す\SpecialChar LaTeX
+長であり、既定値は6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
\emph on
-The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
+The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Companion Second Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2004
Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
Daly:
\emph on
-A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
+A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Fourth Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2003
Leslie Lamport:
\emph on
-LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+: A Document Preparation System.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! arydshln
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! arydshln
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! booktabs
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! booktabs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! diagbox
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! diagbox
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! endfloat
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! endfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! footmisc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! footmisc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! KOMA-script
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! KOMA-script
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! lettrine
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! lettrine
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! listings
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! marginnote
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! marginnote
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! pdfpages
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! pdfpages
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! PSTricks
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! PSTricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-LaTeXパッケージ
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXぱっけーじ@LaTeXパッケージ ! sidecap
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ぱっけーじ@\SpecialChar LaTeX
+パッケージ ! sidecap
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
-LyX 2.0
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ 2.0
\family default
の新機能に関する
\begin_inset CommandInset href